From 45cb5bb3c0e6edb887cf69b417fcaf7053814a9b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Aron Xu Date: Tue, 20 Dec 2016 20:06:37 +0800 Subject: Imported Upstream version 1.4.4 --- docs/libnm-util/html/NMConnection.html | 394 ++++++++-------- docs/libnm-util/html/NMSetting.html | 184 ++++---- docs/libnm-util/html/NMSetting8021x.html | 424 ++++++++--------- docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingAdsl.html | 66 +-- docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingBluetooth.html | 28 +- docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingBond.html | 82 ++-- docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingBridge.html | 88 ++-- docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingBridgePort.html | 46 +- docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingCdma.html | 40 +- docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingConnection.html | 204 ++++---- docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingDcb.html | 180 +++---- docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingGeneric.html | 14 +- docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingGsm.html | 96 ++-- docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingIP4Config.html | 360 +++++++------- docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingIP6Config.html | 306 ++++++------ docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingInfiniband.html | 52 +-- docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingOlpcMesh.html | 32 +- docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingPPP.html | 230 ++++----- docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingPPPOE.html | 40 +- docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingSerial.html | 62 +-- docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingTeam.html | 28 +- docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingTeamPort.html | 22 +- docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingVPN.html | 92 ++-- docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingVlan.html | 122 ++--- docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingWimax.html | 28 +- docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingWired.html | 172 +++---- docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingWireless.html | 194 ++++---- .../libnm-util/html/NMSettingWirelessSecurity.html | 204 ++++---- docs/libnm-util/html/annotation-glossary.html | 2 +- docs/libnm-util/html/api-index-full.html | 22 +- docs/libnm-util/html/ch01.html | 2 +- docs/libnm-util/html/index.html | 4 +- .../libnm-util/html/libnm-util-NetworkManager.html | 32 +- .../html/libnm-util-NetworkManagerVPN.html | 12 +- docs/libnm-util/html/libnm-util-nm-utils.html | 520 ++++++++++----------- docs/libnm-util/html/object-tree.html | 4 +- docs/libnm-util/version.xml | 2 +- 37 files changed, 2195 insertions(+), 2195 deletions(-) (limited to 'docs/libnm-util') diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMConnection.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMConnection.html index eb8a18c0..40207970 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMConnection.html +++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMConnection.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMConnection: libnm-util Reference Manual - + @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@
-GQuark +GQuark nm_connection_error_quark () @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_connection_replace_settings () @@ -124,7 +124,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_connection_replace_settings_from_connection () @@ -132,7 +132,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_connection_compare () @@ -140,7 +140,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_connection_diff () @@ -148,7 +148,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_connection_verify () @@ -156,7 +156,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_connection_normalize () @@ -187,7 +187,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_connection_update_secrets () @@ -224,7 +224,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_connection_is_type () @@ -240,7 +240,7 @@
-GHashTable * +GHashTable * nm_connection_to_hash () @@ -256,7 +256,7 @@
-GType +GType nm_connection_lookup_setting_type () @@ -264,7 +264,7 @@
-GType +GType nm_connection_lookup_setting_type_by_quark () @@ -512,7 +512,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -520,7 +520,7 @@ +gchar * @@ -528,7 +528,7 @@

Signals

-
-gchar * path Read / Write / Construct
+
@@ -538,24 +538,24 @@ - + - + - +
void changedRun FirstRun First
void secrets-clearedRun FirstRun First
void secrets-updatedRun FirstRun First

Types and Values

-
+
@@ -600,7 +600,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

    GEnum
     ╰── NMConnectionError
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMConnection
@@ -627,7 +627,7 @@ parameters (MTU, SSID, APN, channel, rate, etc) and IP-level parameters

Functions

nm_connection_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_connection_error_quark (void);

 
Registers an error quark for NMConnection if necessary.

 

@@ -650,13 +650,13 @@ nm_connection_new (void
 
nm_connection_new_from_hash ()

 
NMConnection *
-nm_connection_new_from_hash (GHashTable *hash,
-                             GError **error);

+nm_connection_new_from_hash (GHashTable *hash,
+                             GError **error);

Creates a new NMConnection from a hash table describing the connection. See nm_connection_to_hash() for a description of the expected hash table.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -665,7 +665,7 @@ nm_connection_new_from_hash (

hash

- @@ -680,7 +680,7 @@ the connection.

Returns

the new NMConnection object, populated with settings created -from the values in the hash table, or NULL if the connection failed to +from the values in the hash table, or NULL if the connection failed to validate

@@ -692,7 +692,7 @@ nm_connection_duplicate (NMConnection.

Parameters

-

the GHashTable describing +

the GHashTable describing the connection.

[element-type utf8 GLib.HashTable]
+
@@ -720,7 +720,7 @@ nm_connection_create_setting (const NMSetting object of the desired type, given a setting name.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -735,7 +735,7 @@ nm_connection_create_setting (const

Returns

-

the new setting object, or NULL if the setting name was unknown.

+

the new setting object, or NULL if the setting name was unknown.

[transfer full]

@@ -751,7 +751,7 @@ connection takes ownership of the

Parameters

-
+
@@ -777,12 +777,12 @@ the setting object's reference count.

nm_connection_remove_setting ()

void
 nm_connection_remove_setting (NMConnection *connection,
-                              GType setting_type);
-

Removes the NMSetting with the given GType from the NMConnection. This + GType setting_type); +

Removes the NMSetting with the given GType from the NMConnection. This operation dereferences the NMSetting object.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -796,7 +796,7 @@ operation dereferences the

setting_type

- + @@ -808,12 +808,12 @@ operation dereferences the

nm_connection_get_setting ()

NMSetting *
 nm_connection_get_setting (NMConnection *connection,
-                           GType setting_type);
-

Gets the NMSetting with the given GType, if one has been previously added + GType setting_type); +

Gets the NMSetting with the given GType, if one has been previously added to the NMConnection.

Parameters

-

the GType of the setting object to remove

the GType of the setting object to remove

  
+
@@ -827,7 +827,7 @@ to the - + @@ -835,7 +835,7 @@ to the

Returns

-

the NMSetting, or NULL if no setting of that type was previously +

the NMSetting, or NULL if no setting of that type was previously added to the NMConnection.

[transfer none]

@@ -850,7 +850,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_by_name (NMConnection.

Parameters

-

setting_type

the GType of the setting object to return

the GType of the setting object to return

  
+
@@ -872,7 +872,7 @@ the

Returns

-

the NMSetting, or NULL if no setting with that name was previously +

the NMSetting, or NULL if no setting with that name was previously added to the NMConnection.

[transfer none]

@@ -880,13 +880,13 @@ added to the

nm_connection_replace_settings ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_connection_replace_settings (NMConnection *connection,
-                                GHashTable *new_settings,
-                                GError **error);

+                                GHashTable *new_settings,
+                                GError **error);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -900,12 +900,12 @@ nm_connection_replace_settings ( - + - + @@ -913,25 +913,25 @@ nm_connection_replace_settings (

Returns

-

TRUE if the settings were valid and added to the connection, FALSE +

TRUE if the settings were valid and added to the connection, FALSE if they were not

nm_connection_replace_settings_from_connection ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_connection_replace_settings_from_connection
                                (NMConnection *connection,
                                 NMConnection *new_connection,
-                                GError **error);

+                                GError **error);

Deep-copies the settings of new_conenction and replaces the settings of connection with the copied settings.

Parameters

-

new_settings

a GHashTable of settings.

a GHashTable of settings.

[element-type utf8 GLib.HashTable]

error

location to store error, or NULL

location to store error, or NULL

  
+
@@ -951,7 +951,7 @@ with

 - + @@ -959,9 +959,9 @@ with

Returns

-

TRUE if the settings were valid after replacing the connection, FALSE -if they were not. Regardless of whether TRUE or FALSE is returned, the connection -is successfully replaced. FALSE only means, that the connection does not verify +

TRUE if the settings were valid after replacing the connection, FALSE +if they were not. Regardless of whether TRUE or FALSE is returned, the connection +is successfully replaced. FALSE only means, that the connection does not verify at the end of the operation.

Since: 0.9.10

@@ -969,7 +969,7 @@ at the end of the operation.

nm_connection_compare ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_connection_compare (NMConnection *a,
                        NMConnection *b,
                        NMSettingCompareFlags flags);

@@ -978,7 +978,7 @@ modified by a set of flags.  See 
 
Parameters

-

error

location to store error, or NULL

location to store error, or NULL

  
+
@@ -1005,17 +1005,17 @@ each flag's behavior.

Returns

-

TRUE if the comparison succeeds, FALSE if it does not

+

TRUE if the comparison succeeds, FALSE if it does not

nm_connection_diff ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_connection_diff (NMConnection *a,
                     NMConnection *b,
                     NMSettingCompareFlags flags,
-                    GHashTable **out_settings);

+                    GHashTable **out_settings);

Compares two NMConnection objects for similarity, with comparison behavior modified by a set of flags. See nm_setting_compare() for a description of each flag's behavior. If the connections differ, settings and keys within @@ -1024,7 +1024,7 @@ each setting that differ are added to the returned o No values are returned, only key names.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1059,16 +1059,16 @@ differ mapped to one or more of

Returns

-

TRUE if the connections contain the same values, FALSE if they do +

TRUE if the connections contain the same values, FALSE if they do not

nm_connection_verify ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_connection_verify (NMConnection *connection,
-                      GError **error);

+                      GError **error);

Validates the connection and all its settings. Each setting's properties have allowed values, and some values are dependent on other values. For example, if a Wi-Fi connection is security enabled, the NMSettingWireless @@ -1076,11 +1076,11 @@ setting object's 'security' property must contain the setting name of the NMSettingWirelessSecurity object, which must also be present in the connection for the connection to be valid. As another example, the NMSettingWired object's 'mac-address' property must be a validly formatted -MAC address. The returned GError contains information about which +MAC address. The returned GError contains information about which setting and which property failed validation, and how it failed validation.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1094,7 +1094,7 @@ setting and which property failed validation, and how it failed validation.

 - + @@ -1102,28 +1102,28 @@ setting and which property failed validation, and how it failed validation.

Returns

-

TRUE if the connection is valid, FALSE if it is not

+

TRUE if the connection is valid, FALSE if it is not

nm_connection_normalize ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_connection_normalize (NMConnection *connection,
-                         GHashTable *parameters,
-                         gboolean *modified,
-                         GError **error);

+                         GHashTable *parameters,
+                         gboolean *modified,
+                         GError **error);

Does some basic normalization and fixup of well known inconsistencies and deprecated fields. If the connection was modified in any way, the output parameter modified - is set TRUE.

-

Finally the connection will be verified and TRUE returns if the connection + is set TRUE.

+

Finally the connection will be verified and TRUE returns if the connection is valid. As this function only performs some specific normalization steps it cannot repair all connections. If the connection has errors that cannot be normalized, the connection will not be modified.

Parameters

-

error

location to store error, or NULL

location to store error, or NULL

  
+
@@ -1137,10 +1137,10 @@ cannot be normalized, the connection will not be modified.

 - @@ -1151,7 +1151,7 @@ The values are opaque and depend on the parameter name.

- @@ -1160,7 +1160,7 @@ why the connection is invalid, if the function returns an error.

Returns

-

TRUE if the connection is valid, FALSE if it is not

+

TRUE if the connection is valid, FALSE if it is not

Since: 1.0

@@ -1169,7 +1169,7 @@ why the connection is invalid, if the function returns an error.

nm_connection_need_secrets ()

const char *
 nm_connection_need_secrets (NMConnection *connection,
-                            GPtrArray **hints);
+ GPtrArray **hints);

Returns the name of the first setting object in the connection which would need secrets to make a successful connection. The returned hints are only intended as a guide to what secrets may be required, because in some @@ -1177,7 +1177,7 @@ circumstances, there is no way to conclusively determine exactly which secrets are needed.

Parameters

-

parameters

a GHashTable with +

a GHashTable with normalization parameters to allow customization of the normalization by providing specific arguments. Unknown arguments will be ignored and the default will be -used. The keys must be strings, hashed by g_str_hash() and g_str_equal() functions. +used. The keys must be strings, hashed by g_str_hash() and g_str_equal() functions. The values are opaque and depend on the parameter name.

[allow-none][element-type utf8 gpointer]

error

location to store error, or NULL. Contains the reason, +

location to store error, or NULL. Contains the reason, why the connection is invalid, if the function returns an error.

  
+
@@ -1191,10 +1191,10 @@ secrets are needed.

 - @@ -1216,7 +1216,7 @@ nm_connection_clear_secrets (

Parameters

-

hints

the address of a pointer to a GPtrArray, initialized to NULL, which on -return points to an allocated GPtrArray containing the property names of +

the address of a pointer to a GPtrArray, initialized to NULL, which on +return points to an allocated GPtrArray containing the property names of secrets of the NMSetting which may be required; the caller owns the array -and must free the array itself with g_ptr_array_free(), but not free its +and must free the array itself with g_ptr_array_free(), but not free its elements.

[out][element-type utf8][allow-none][transfer container]
+
@@ -1237,12 +1237,12 @@ keeping secret data in memory when not needed.

nm_connection_clear_secrets_with_flags (NMConnection *connection, NMSettingClearSecretsWithFlagsFn func, - gpointer user_data); + gpointer user_data);

Clears and frees secrets determined by func .

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1273,22 +1273,22 @@ specific secret should be cleared or not.

nm_connection_update_secrets ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_connection_update_secrets (NMConnection *connection,
                               const char *setting_name,
-                              GHashTable *secrets,
-                              GError **error);

+                              GHashTable *secrets,
+                              GError **error);

Update the specified setting's secrets, given a hash table of secrets intended for that setting (deserialized from D-Bus for example). Will also extract the given setting's secrets hash if given a hash of hashes, as would be returned from nm_connection_to_hash(). If setting_name - is NULL, expects + is NULL, expects a fully serialized NMConnection as returned by nm_connection_to_hash() and will update all secrets from all settings contained in secrets .

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1307,14 +1307,14 @@ will update all secrets from all settings contained in - - + @@ -1322,7 +1322,7 @@ string:

Returns

-

TRUE if the secrets were successfully updated, FALSE if the update +

TRUE if the secrets were successfully updated, FALSE if the update failed (tried to update secrets for a setting that doesn't exist, etc)

@@ -1337,7 +1337,7 @@ is only for the reference of the caller. Sets the

Parameters

-

secrets

a GHashTable mapping -string:GValue of setting property names and secrets of the given setting_name +

a GHashTable mapping +string:GValue of setting property names and secrets of the given setting_name .

[element-type utf8 GObject.Value]

error

location to store error, or NULL

location to store error, or NULL

  
+
@@ -1367,7 +1367,7 @@ nm_connection_get_path (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1394,10 +1394,10 @@ nm_connection_get_virtual_iface_name (NULL.

+connection types, this function will return NULL.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1412,7 +1412,7 @@ connection types, this function will return

Returns

-

Name of the kernel interface or NULL

+

Name of the kernel interface or NULL

@@ -1421,13 +1421,13 @@ connection types, this function will return const char * nm_connection_get_interface_name (NMConnection *connection);

Returns the interface name as stored in NMSettingConnection:interface_name. -If the connection contains no NMSettingConnection, it will return NULL.

+If the connection contains no NMSettingConnection, it will return NULL.

For hardware devices and software devices created outside of NetworkManager, this name is used to match the device. for software devices created by NetworkManager, this is the name of the created interface.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1442,14 +1442,14 @@ NetworkManager, this is the name of the created interface.

Returns

-

Name of the kernel interface or NULL

+

Name of the kernel interface or NULL

Since: 1.0

nm_connection_is_type ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_connection_is_type (NMConnection *connection,
                        const char *type);

 
A convenience function to check if the given connection
@@ -1459,7 +1459,7 @@ property of the connection and matches that against 
 .

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -1482,8 +1482,8 @@ property of the connection and matches that against

Returns

-

TRUE if the connection is of the given type -, FALSE if not

+

TRUE if the connection is of the given type +, FALSE if not

@@ -1492,12 +1492,12 @@ property of the connection and matches that against 
void
 nm_connection_for_each_setting_value (NMConnection *connection,
                                       NMSettingValueIterFn func,
-                                      gpointer user_data);
+ gpointer user_data);

Iterates over the properties of each NMSetting object in the NMConnection, calling the supplied user function for each property.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1527,18 +1527,18 @@ at each invocation

nm_connection_to_hash ()

-
GHashTable *
+
GHashTable *
 nm_connection_to_hash (NMConnection *connection,
                        NMSettingHashFlags flags);

-
Converts the NMConnection into a GHashTable describing the connection,
+
Converts the NMConnection into a GHashTable describing the connection,
 suitable for marshalling over D-Bus or serializing.  The hash table mapping
-is string:GHashTable with each element in the returned hash representing
+is string:GHashTable with each element in the returned hash representing
 a NMSetting object.  The keys are setting object names, and the values
-are GHashTables mapping string:GValue, each of which represents the
+are GHashTables mapping string:GValue, each of which represents the
 properties of the NMSetting object.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -1561,9 +1561,9 @@ properties of the

Returns

a new -GHashTable describing the connection, its settings, and each setting's +GHashTable describing the connection, its settings, and each setting's properties. The caller owns the hash table and must unref the hash table -with g_hash_table_unref() when it is no longer needed.

+with g_hash_table_unref() when it is no longer needed.

[transfer full][element-type utf8 GLib.HashTable]

@@ -1577,7 +1577,7 @@ be used for serialization of the connection or machine-parsed in any way. The output format is not guaranteed to be stable and may change at any time.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1594,12 +1594,12 @@ output format is not guaranteed to be stable and may change at any time.

nm_connection_lookup_setting_type ()

-
GType
+
GType
 nm_connection_lookup_setting_type (const char *name);

-
Returns the GType of the setting's class for a given setting name.

+
Returns the GType of the setting's class for a given setting name.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -1614,20 +1614,20 @@ nm_connection_lookup_setting_type (const

Returns

-

the GType of the setting's class

+

the GType of the setting's class

nm_connection_lookup_setting_type_by_quark ()

-
GType
+
GType
 nm_connection_lookup_setting_type_by_quark
-                               (GQuark error_quark);

-
Returns the GType of the setting's class for a given setting error quark.
+                               (GQuark error_quark);
+

Returns the GType of the setting's class for a given setting error quark. Useful for figuring out which setting a returned error is for.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1642,7 +1642,7 @@ Useful for figuring out which setting a returned error is for.

Returns

-

the GType of the setting's class

+

the GType of the setting's class

@@ -1653,7 +1653,7 @@ nm_connection_get_uuid (NMSettingConnection.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1679,7 +1679,7 @@ nm_connection_get_id (NMSettingConnection.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1705,7 +1705,7 @@ nm_connection_get_connection_type (A shortcut to return the type from the connection's NMSettingConnection.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1730,13 +1730,13 @@ nm_connection_get_connection_type (char * nm_connection_get_virtual_device_description (NMConnection *connection); -

Returns the name that nm_device_disambiguate_names() would +

Returns the name that nm_device_disambiguate_names() would return for the virtual device that would be created for connection . Eg, "VLAN (eth1.1)".

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1753,7 +1753,7 @@ Eg, "VLAN (eth1.1)".

Returns

the name of connection 's device, -or NULL if connection +or NULL if connection is not a virtual connection type.

[transfer full]

@@ -1767,7 +1767,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_802_1x (A shortcut to return any NMSetting8021x the connection might contain.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1782,7 +1782,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_802_1x (

Returns

-

an NMSetting8021x if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSetting8021x if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -1794,7 +1794,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_bluetooth (A shortcut to return any NMSettingBluetooth the connection might contain.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1809,7 +1809,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_bluetooth (

Returns

-

an NMSettingBluetooth if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingBluetooth if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -1821,7 +1821,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_bond (A shortcut to return any NMSettingBond the connection might contain.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1836,7 +1836,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_bond (

Returns

-

an NMSettingBond if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingBond if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -1848,7 +1848,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_team (A shortcut to return any NMSettingTeam the connection might contain.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1863,7 +1863,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_team (

Returns

-

an NMSettingTeam if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingTeam if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

Since: 0.9.10

@@ -1876,7 +1876,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_team_port (A shortcut to return any NMSettingTeamPort the connection might contain.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1891,7 +1891,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_team_port (

Returns

-

an NMSettingTeamPort if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingTeamPort if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

Since: 0.9.10

@@ -1904,7 +1904,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_bridge (A shortcut to return any NMSettingBridge the connection might contain.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1919,7 +1919,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_bridge (

Returns

-

an NMSettingBridge if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingBridge if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -1931,7 +1931,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_bridge_port (NMSettingBridgePort the connection might contain.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1946,7 +1946,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_bridge_port (

Returns

-

an NMSettingBridgePort if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingBridgePort if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -1958,7 +1958,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_cdma (A shortcut to return any NMSettingCdma the connection might contain.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1973,7 +1973,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_cdma (

Returns

-

an NMSettingCdma if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingCdma if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -1985,7 +1985,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_connection (NMSettingConnection the connection might contain.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2000,7 +2000,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_connection (

Returns

-

an NMSettingConnection if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingConnection if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -2012,7 +2012,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_dcb (A shortcut to return any NMSettingDcb the connection might contain.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2040,7 +2040,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_generic (A shortcut to return any NMSettingGeneric the connection might contain.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2068,7 +2068,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_gsm (A shortcut to return any NMSettingGsm the connection might contain.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2083,7 +2083,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_gsm (

Returns

-

an NMSettingGsm if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingGsm if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -2095,7 +2095,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_infiniband (NMSettingInfiniband the connection might contain.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2110,7 +2110,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_infiniband (

Returns

-

an NMSettingInfiniband if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingInfiniband if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -2122,7 +2122,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_ip4_config (NMSettingIP4Config the connection might contain.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2137,7 +2137,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_ip4_config (

Returns

-

an NMSettingIP4Config if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingIP4Config if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -2149,7 +2149,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_ip6_config (NMSettingIP6Config the connection might contain.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2164,7 +2164,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_ip6_config (

Returns

-

an NMSettingIP6Config if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingIP6Config if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -2176,7 +2176,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_olpc_mesh (A shortcut to return any NMSettingOlpcMesh the connection might contain.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2191,7 +2191,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_olpc_mesh (

Returns

-

an NMSettingOlpcMesh if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingOlpcMesh if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -2203,7 +2203,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_ppp (A shortcut to return any NMSettingPPP the connection might contain.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2218,7 +2218,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_ppp (

Returns

-

an NMSettingPPP if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingPPP if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -2230,7 +2230,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_pppoe (A shortcut to return any NMSettingPPPOE the connection might contain.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2245,7 +2245,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_pppoe (

Returns

-

an NMSettingPPPOE if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingPPPOE if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -2257,7 +2257,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_serial (A shortcut to return any NMSettingSerial the connection might contain.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2272,7 +2272,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_serial (

Returns

-

an NMSettingSerial if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingSerial if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -2284,7 +2284,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_vpn (A shortcut to return any NMSettingVPN the connection might contain.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2299,7 +2299,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_vpn (

Returns

-

an NMSettingVPN if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingVPN if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -2311,7 +2311,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_wimax (A shortcut to return any NMSettingWimax the connection might contain.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2326,7 +2326,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_wimax (

Returns

-

an NMSettingWimax if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingWimax if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -2338,7 +2338,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_adsl (A shortcut to return any NMSettingAdsl the connection might contain.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2353,7 +2353,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_adsl (

Returns

-

an NMSettingAdsl if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingAdsl if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -2365,7 +2365,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_wired (A shortcut to return any NMSettingWired the connection might contain.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2380,7 +2380,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_wired (

Returns

-

an NMSettingWired if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingWired if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -2392,7 +2392,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_wireless (A shortcut to return any NMSettingWireless the connection might contain.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2407,7 +2407,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_wireless (

Returns

-

an NMSettingWireless if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingWireless if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -2420,7 +2420,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_wireless_security

A shortcut to return any NMSettingWirelessSecurity the connection might contain.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2435,7 +2435,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_wireless_security

Returns

-

an NMSettingWirelessSecurity if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingWirelessSecurity if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -2447,7 +2447,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_vlan (A shortcut to return any NMSettingVlan the connection might contain.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2462,7 +2462,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_vlan (

Returns

-

an NMSettingVlan if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingVlan if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -2498,7 +2498,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_vlan (Describes errors that may result from operations involving a NMConnection.

Members

-
+
@@ -2575,7 +2575,7 @@ It should only be accessed through the functions described below.

Property Details

The “path” property

-
  “path”                     gchar *
+
  “path”                     gchar *

The connection's D-Bus path, used only by the calling process as a record of the D-Bus path of the connection as provided by a settings service.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -2588,13 +2588,13 @@ of the D-Bus path of the connection as provided by a settings service.

The “changed” signal

void
 user_function (NMConnection *connection,
-               gpointer      user_data)
+ gpointer user_data)

The ::changed signal is emitted when any property of any property (including secrets) of any setting of the connection is modified, or when settings are added or removed.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2614,7 +2614,7 @@ or when settings are added or removed.

-

Flags: Run First

+

Flags: Run First

Since: 0.9.10

@@ -2622,12 +2622,12 @@ or when settings are added or removed.

The “secrets-cleared” signal

void
 user_function (NMConnection *connection,
-               gpointer      user_data)
+ gpointer user_data)

The ::secrets-cleared signal is emitted when the secrets of a connection are cleared.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2647,20 +2647,20 @@ are cleared.

-

Flags: Run First

+

Flags: Run First

The “secrets-updated” signal

void
 user_function (NMConnection *connection,
-               gchar        *setting_name,
-               gpointer      user_data)
+ gchar *setting_name, + gpointer user_data)

The ::secrets-updated signal is emitted when the secrets of a setting have been changed.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2686,7 +2686,7 @@ updated

-

Flags: Run First

+

Flags: Run First

diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSetting.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSetting.html index 2a366f0e..ce49fa96 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSetting.html +++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSetting.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMSetting: libnm-util Reference Manual - + @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
-GQuark +GQuark nm_setting_error_quark () @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean (*NMSettingClearSecretsWithFlagsFn) () @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@
-GHashTable * +GHashTable * nm_setting_to_hash () @@ -98,7 +98,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_verify () @@ -106,7 +106,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_compare () @@ -114,7 +114,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_diff () @@ -154,7 +154,7 @@
-GPtrArray * +GPtrArray * nm_setting_need_secrets () @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_update_secrets () @@ -170,7 +170,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_get_secret_flags () @@ -178,7 +178,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_set_secret_flags () @@ -196,7 +196,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -204,7 +204,7 @@ +gchar * @@ -212,7 +212,7 @@

Types and Values

-
-gchar * name Read / Write
+
@@ -277,7 +277,7 @@ ├── NMSettingError ├── NMSettingHashFlags ╰── NMSettingSecretFlags - GObject + GObject╰── NMSetting ├──NMSetting8021x├──NMSettingAdsl @@ -325,7 +325,7 @@ of properties and allowed values.

Functions

nm_setting_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_setting_error_quark (void);

 
Registers an error quark for NMSetting if necessary.

 

@@ -336,14 +336,14 @@ nm_setting_error_quark (void
 

 
NMSettingClearSecretsWithFlagsFn ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 (*NMSettingClearSecretsWithFlagsFn) (NMSetting *setting,
                                      const char *secret,
                                      NMSettingSecretFlags flags,
-                                     gpointer user_data);

+                                     gpointer user_data);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -375,7 +375,7 @@ nm_setting_error_quark (void

Returns

-

TRUE to clear the secret, FALSE to not clear the secret

+

TRUE to clear the secret, FALSE to not clear the secret

@@ -384,12 +384,12 @@ nm_setting_error_quark (voidvoid (*NMSettingValueIterFn) (NMSetting *setting, const char *key, - const GValue *value, - GParamFlags flags, - gpointer user_data); + const GValue *value, + GParamFlags flags, + gpointer user_data);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -429,15 +429,15 @@ nm_setting_error_quark (void

nm_setting_to_hash ()

-
GHashTable *
+
GHashTable *
 nm_setting_to_hash (NMSetting *setting,
                     NMSettingHashFlags flags);

-
Converts the NMSetting into a GHashTable mapping each setting property
+
Converts the NMSetting into a GHashTable mapping each setting property
 name to a GValue describing that property, suitable for marshalling over
 D-Bus or serializing.  The mapping is string to GValue.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -459,7 +459,7 @@ D-Bus or serializing. The mapping is string to GValue.

Returns

-

a new GHashTable +

a new GHashTable describing the setting's properties.

[transfer full][element-type utf8 GObject.Value]

@@ -468,8 +468,8 @@ describing the setting's properties.

nm_setting_new_from_hash ()

NMSetting *
-nm_setting_new_from_hash (GType setting_type,
-                          GHashTable *hash);
+nm_setting_new_from_hash (GType setting_type, + GHashTable *hash);

Creates a new NMSetting object and populates that object with the properties contained in the hash table, using each hash key as the property to set, and each hash value as the value to set that property to. Setting properties @@ -478,7 +478,7 @@ See the documentation on each

Parameters

-
+
@@ -492,7 +492,7 @@ property names and value types.

 - @@ -502,7 +502,7 @@ string to GValue mapping of properties that apply to the setting.

Returns

a new NMSetting object populated with the properties from the -hash table, or NULL on failure

+hash table, or NULL on failure

@@ -513,7 +513,7 @@ nm_setting_duplicate (NMSetting.

Parameters

-

hash

the GHashTable containing a +

the GHashTable containing a string to GValue mapping of properties that apply to the setting.

[element-type utf8 GObject.Value]
+
@@ -541,7 +541,7 @@ nm_setting_get_name (NMSetting object

Parameters

-
+
@@ -563,18 +563,18 @@ like 'ppp' or 'wireless' or 'wired'.

nm_setting_verify ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_verify (NMSetting *setting,
-                   GSList *all_settings,
-                   GError **error);

+                   GSList *all_settings,
+                   GError **error);

Validates the setting. Each setting's properties have allowed values, and some are dependent on other values (hence the need for all_settings ). The -returned GError contains information about which property of the setting +returned GError contains information about which property of the setting failed validation, and in what way that property failed validation.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -588,14 +588,14 @@ failed validation, and in what way that property failed validation.

 - - + @@ -603,13 +603,13 @@ came.

Returns

-

TRUE if the setting is valid, FALSE if it is not

+

TRUE if the setting is valid, FALSE if it is not

nm_setting_compare ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_compare (NMSetting *a,
                     NMSetting *b,
                     NMSettingCompareFlags flags);

@@ -618,7 +618,7 @@ modified by a set of flags.  See the documentation for 
 
Parameters

-

all_settings

a GSList of all settings +

a GSList of all settings in the connection from which setting came.

[element-type NMSetting]

error

location to store error, or NULL

location to store error, or NULL

  
+
@@ -645,18 +645,18 @@ for a description of each flag's behavior.

Returns

-

TRUE if the comparison succeeds, FALSE if it does not

+

TRUE if the comparison succeeds, FALSE if it does not

nm_setting_diff ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_diff (NMSetting *a,
                  NMSetting *b,
                  NMSettingCompareFlags flags,
-                 gboolean invert_results,
-                 GHashTable **results);

+                 gboolean invert_results,
+                 GHashTable **results);

Compares two NMSetting objects for similarity, with comparison behavior modified by a set of flags. See the documentation for NMSettingCompareFlags for a description of each flag's behavior. If the settings differ, the keys @@ -665,7 +665,7 @@ of each setting that differ from the other are added to NMSettingDiffResult values.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -690,7 +690,7 @@ one or more

invert_results

 +be set to FALSE. If TRUE inverts the meaning of the NMSettingDiffResult.

 @@ -707,7 +707,7 @@ in and the settings differ, a new one is created and returned.

Returns

-

TRUE if the settings contain the same values, FALSE if they do not

+

TRUE if the settings contain the same values, FALSE if they do not

@@ -716,12 +716,12 @@ in and the settings differ, a new one is created and returned. 

void
 nm_setting_enumerate_values (NMSetting *setting,
                              NMSettingValueIterFn func,
-                             gpointer user_data);
+ gpointer user_data);

Iterates over each property of the NMSetting object, calling the supplied user function for each property.

Parameters

-

this parameter is used internally by libnm-util and should -be set to FALSE. If TRUE inverts the meaning of the NMSettingDiffResult.

 
+
@@ -758,7 +758,7 @@ be used for serialization of the setting, or machine-parsed in any way. The output format is not guaranteed to be stable and may change at any time.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -775,7 +775,7 @@ output format is not guaranteed to be stable and may change at any time.

Returns

an allocated string containing a textual representation of the setting's properties and values (including secrets!), which the caller should -free with g_free()

+free with g_free()

@@ -788,7 +788,7 @@ setting only when needed, and cleared immediately after use to prevent leakage of information.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -808,12 +808,12 @@ leakage of information.

void
 nm_setting_clear_secrets_with_flags (NMSetting *setting,
                                      NMSettingClearSecretsWithFlagsFn func,
-                                     gpointer user_data);
+ gpointer user_data);

Clears and frees secrets determined by func .

Parameters

-
+
@@ -844,7 +844,7 @@ specific secret should be cleared or not.

nm_setting_need_secrets ()

-
GPtrArray *
+
GPtrArray *
 nm_setting_need_secrets (NMSetting *setting);

 
Returns an array of property names for each secret which may be required
 to make a successful connection.  The returned hints are only intended as a
@@ -852,7 +852,7 @@ guide to what secrets may be required, because in some circumstances, there
 is no way to conclusively determine exactly which secrets are needed.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -867,9 +867,9 @@ is no way to conclusively determine exactly which secrets are needed.

Returns

-

a GPtrArray containing +

a GPtrArray containing the property names of secrets of the NMSetting which may be required; the -caller owns the array and must free it with g_ptr_array_free(), but must not +caller owns the array and must free it with g_ptr_array_free(), but must not free the elements.

[transfer container][element-type utf8]

@@ -877,15 +877,15 @@ free the elements.

nm_setting_update_secrets ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_update_secrets (NMSetting *setting,
-                           GHashTable *secrets,
-                           GError **error);

+                           GHashTable *secrets,
+                           GError **error);

Update the setting's secrets, given a hash table of secrets intended for that setting (deserialized from D-Bus for example).

Parameters

-
+
@@ -899,13 +899,13 @@ setting (deserialized from D-Bus for example).

 - + - + @@ -913,23 +913,23 @@ string to

Returns

-

TRUE if the secrets were successfully updated, FALSE on failure to +

TRUE if the secrets were successfully updated, FALSE on failure to update one or more of the secrets.

nm_setting_get_secret_flags ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_get_secret_flags (NMSetting *setting,
                              const char *secret_name,
                              NMSettingSecretFlags *out_flags,
-                             GError **error);

+                             GError **error);

For a given secret, retrieves the NMSettingSecretFlags describing how to handle that secret.

Parameters

-

secrets

a GHashTable mapping -string to GValue of setting property names and secrets.

a GHashTable mapping +string to GValue of setting property names and secrets.

[element-type utf8 GObject.Value]

error

location to store error, or NULL

location to store error, or NULL

  
+
@@ -953,7 +953,7 @@ handle that secret.

 - + @@ -961,23 +961,23 @@ handle that secret.

Returns

-

TRUE on success (if the given secret name was a valid property of -this setting, and if that property is secret), FALSE if not

+

TRUE on success (if the given secret name was a valid property of +this setting, and if that property is secret), FALSE if not

nm_setting_set_secret_flags ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_set_secret_flags (NMSetting *setting,
                              const char *secret_name,
                              NMSettingSecretFlags flags,
-                             GError **error);

+                             GError **error);

For a given secret, stores the NMSettingSecretFlags describing how to handle that secret.

Parameters

-

error

location to store error, or NULL

location to store error, or NULL

  
+
@@ -1001,7 +1001,7 @@ handle that secret.

 - + @@ -1009,8 +1009,8 @@ handle that secret.

Returns

-

TRUE on success (if the given secret name was a valid property of -this setting, and if that property is secret), FALSE if not

+

TRUE on success (if the given secret name was a valid property of +this setting, and if that property is secret), FALSE if not

@@ -1022,7 +1022,7 @@ nm_setting_get_virtual_iface_name (

Parameters

-

error

location to store error, or NULL

location to store error, or NULL

  
+
@@ -1037,7 +1037,7 @@ needs to use if specified in the settings.

Returns

-

Name of the virtual interface or NULL if the setting does not +

Name of the virtual interface or NULL if the setting does not support this feature

@@ -1049,7 +1049,7 @@ support this feature

Describes errors that may result from operations involving a NMSetting.

Members

-
+
@@ -1136,7 +1136,7 @@ secret has a corresponding set of these flags which indicate how the secret is to be stored and/or requested when it is needed.

Members

-
+
@@ -1189,7 +1189,7 @@ secret is not required

two connections.

Members

-
+
@@ -1296,7 +1296,7 @@ It should only be accessed through the functions described below.

when calling nm_setting_to_hash().

Members

-
+
@@ -1334,7 +1334,7 @@ when calling

Members

-
+
@@ -1389,7 +1389,7 @@ if you specify NM_SETTING_COMPARE_FLAG_DIFF_RESULT_W

Property Details

The “name” property

-
  “name”                     gchar *
+
  “name”                     gchar *

The setting's name, which uniquely identifies the setting within the connection. Each setting type has a name unique to that type, for example "ppp" or "wireless" or "wired".

diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSetting8021x.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSetting8021x.html index ad594fd4..28b6fddb 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSetting8021x.html +++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSetting8021x.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMSetting8021x: libnm-util Reference Manual - + @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ - - - - - - -
-GQuark +GQuark nm_setting_802_1x_error_quark () @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_802_1x_get_num_eap_methods () @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_802_1x_add_eap_method () @@ -90,7 +90,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_802_1x_remove_eap_method_by_value () @@ -127,7 +127,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_802_1x_get_system_ca_certs () @@ -156,7 +156,7 @@
const GByteArray * +const GByteArray * nm_setting_802_1x_get_ca_cert_blob () @@ -171,7 +171,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_802_1x_set_ca_cert () @@ -186,7 +186,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_802_1x_get_num_altsubject_matches () @@ -201,7 +201,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_802_1x_add_altsubject_match () @@ -217,7 +217,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_802_1x_remove_altsubject_match_by_value () @@ -240,7 +240,7 @@
const GByteArray * +const GByteArray * nm_setting_802_1x_get_client_cert_blob () @@ -255,7 +255,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_802_1x_set_client_cert () @@ -305,7 +305,7 @@
const GByteArray * +const GByteArray * nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_ca_cert_blob () @@ -320,7 +320,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_802_1x_set_phase2_ca_cert () @@ -335,7 +335,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_802_1x_get_num_phase2_altsubject_matches () @@ -350,7 +350,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_802_1x_add_phase2_altsubject_match () @@ -366,7 +366,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_802_1x_remove_phase2_altsubject_match_by_value () @@ -389,7 +389,7 @@
const GByteArray * +const GByteArray * nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_client_cert_blob () @@ -404,7 +404,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_802_1x_set_phase2_client_cert () @@ -426,7 +426,7 @@
const GByteArray * +const GByteArray * nm_setting_802_1x_get_password_raw () @@ -464,7 +464,7 @@
const GByteArray * +const GByteArray * nm_setting_802_1x_get_private_key_blob () @@ -479,7 +479,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_802_1x_set_private_key () @@ -517,7 +517,7 @@
const GByteArray * +const GByteArray * nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_private_key_blob () @@ -532,7 +532,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_802_1x_set_phase2_private_key () @@ -566,7 +566,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -581,7 +581,7 @@ +gchar * @@ -593,7 +593,7 @@ +gchar * @@ -611,24 +611,24 @@ +gchar * +gchar * +gchar * - + @@ -639,25 +639,25 @@ - + +gchar * +gchar * +gchar * @@ -669,13 +669,13 @@ +gchar * +gchar * @@ -687,7 +687,7 @@ +gchar * @@ -705,29 +705,29 @@ +gchar * - + +gchar * +gchar * - + @@ -739,23 +739,23 @@ +gchar * - + +gchar * - + @@ -764,7 +764,7 @@

Types and Values

-
-gchar * anonymous-identity Read / Write
-gchar * ca-path Read / Write
-gchar * identity Read / Write
-gchar * pac-file Read / Write
-gchar * password Read / Write
guintguint password-flags Read / Write
Read / Write
guintguint password-raw-flags Read / Write
-gchar * phase1-fast-provisioning Read / Write
-gchar * phase1-peaplabel Read / Write
-gchar * phase1-peapver Read / Write
-gchar * phase2-auth Read / Write
-gchar * phase2-autheap Read / Write
-gchar * phase2-ca-path Read / Write
-gchar * phase2-private-key-password Read / Write
guintguint phase2-private-key-password-flags Read / Write
-gchar * phase2-subject-match Read / Write
-gchar * pin Read / Write
guintguint pin-flags Read / Write
-gchar * private-key-password Read / Write
guintguint private-key-password-flags Read / Write
-gchar * subject-match Read / Write
gbooleangboolean system-ca-certs Read / Write / Construct
+
@@ -927,7 +927,7 @@ ├── NMSetting8021xCKFormat ├── NMSetting8021xCKScheme ╰── NMSetting8021xError - GObject + GObject╰──NMSetting╰── NMSetting8021x @@ -962,7 +962,7 @@ following books.

Functions

nm_setting_802_1x_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_setting_802_1x_error_quark (void);

 
Registers an error quark for NMSetting8021x if necessary.

 

@@ -984,7 +984,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_new (void
 

 
nm_setting_802_1x_get_num_eap_methods ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_num_eap_methods (NMSetting8021x *setting);

 
Returns the number of eap methods allowed for use when connecting to the
 network.  Generally only one EAP method is used.  Use the functions
@@ -993,7 +993,7 @@ and 
 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -1016,12 +1016,12 @@ allowed EAP methods.

nm_setting_802_1x_get_eap_method ()

const char *
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_eap_method (NMSetting8021x *setting,
-                                  guint32 i);
+ guint32 i);

Returns the name of the allowed EAP method at index i .

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1050,7 +1050,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_eap_method (

nm_setting_802_1x_add_eap_method ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_802_1x_add_eap_method (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                   const char *eap);

 
Adds an allowed EAP method.  The setting is not valid until at least one
@@ -1058,7 +1058,7 @@ EAP method has been added.  See 
 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -1080,7 +1080,7 @@ allowed EAP methods.

Returns

-

TRUE if the EAP method was successfully added, FALSE if it was +

TRUE if the EAP method was successfully added, FALSE if it was not a valid method or if it was already allowed.

@@ -1089,11 +1089,11 @@ not a valid method or if it was already allowed.

nm_setting_802_1x_remove_eap_method ()

void
 nm_setting_802_1x_remove_eap_method (NMSetting8021x *setting,
-                                     guint32 i);
+ guint32 i);

Removes the allowed EAP method at the specified index.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1117,7 +1117,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_remove_eap_method (

nm_setting_802_1x_remove_eap_method_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_802_1x_remove_eap_method_by_value
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                 const char *eap);

@@ -1125,7 +1125,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_remove_eap_method_by_value
 .

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -1147,7 +1147,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_remove_eap_method_by_value

Returns

-

TRUE if the EAP method was founs and removed, FALSE if it was not.

+

TRUE if the EAP method was founs and removed, FALSE if it was not.

Since: 0.9.10

@@ -1159,7 +1159,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_clear_eap_methods (Clears all allowed EAP methods.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1182,7 +1182,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_identity (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1212,7 +1212,7 @@ inner "phase 2" authentication will use the

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1238,7 +1238,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_pac_file (Returns the file containing PAC credentials used by EAP-FAST method.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1259,17 +1259,17 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_pac_file (

nm_setting_802_1x_get_system_ca_certs ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_system_ca_certs (NMSetting8021x *setting);

 
Sets the “system-ca-certs” property. The
 “ca-path” and “phase2-ca-path”
 properties are ignored if the “system-ca-certs” property is
-TRUE, in which case a system-wide CA certificate directory specified at
+TRUE, in which case a system-wide CA certificate directory specified at
 compile time (using the --system-ca-path configure option) is used in place
 of these properties.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -1284,7 +1284,7 @@ of these properties.

Returns

-

TRUE if a system CA certificate path should be used, FALSE if not

+

TRUE if a system CA certificate path should be used, FALSE if not

@@ -1299,7 +1299,7 @@ used in addition to the

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1329,7 +1329,7 @@ This may be used in addition to the

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1357,7 +1357,7 @@ is NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_PATH, use nm_setting_802_1x_get_ca_cert_path().

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1378,7 +1378,7 @@ if

nm_setting_802_1x_get_ca_cert_blob ()

-
const GByteArray *
+
const GByteArray *
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_ca_cert_blob (NMSetting8021x *setting);

 
Returns the CA certificate blob if the CA certificate is stored using the
 NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_BLOB scheme.  Not all EAP methods use a
@@ -1388,7 +1388,7 @@ reduces security by allowing man-in-the-middle attacks, because the identity
 of the network cannot be confirmed by the client.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -1419,7 +1419,7 @@ reduces security by allowing man-in-the-middle attacks, because the identity of the network cannot be confirmed by the client.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1440,19 +1440,19 @@ of the network cannot be confirmed by the client.

nm_setting_802_1x_set_ca_cert ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_802_1x_set_ca_cert (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                const char *cert_path,
                                NMSetting8021xCKScheme scheme,
                                NMSetting8021xCKFormat *out_format,
-                               GError **error);

+                               GError **error);

Reads a certificate from disk and sets the “ca-cert” property with the raw certificate data if using the NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_BLOB scheme, or with the path to the certificate file if using the NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_PATH scheme.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1470,7 +1470,7 @@ scheme, or with the path to the certificate file if using the is set to either NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_PATH or NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_BLOB, pass the path of the CA certificate file (PEM or DER format). The path must be UTF-8 encoded; use -g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed. Passing NULL with any scheme +g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed. Passing NULL with any scheme clears the CA certificate.

 @@ -1494,7 +1494,7 @@ clears the CA certificate.

Returns

-

TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful

+

TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful

@@ -1504,7 +1504,7 @@ clears the CA certificate.

nm_setting_802_1x_get_subject_match (NMSetting8021x *setting);

Parameters

-
 
+
@@ -1521,21 +1521,21 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_subject_match (

Returns

the “subject-match” property. This is the substring to be matched against the subject of the authentication -server certificate, or NULL no subject verification is to be +server certificate, or NULL no subject verification is to be performed.

nm_setting_802_1x_get_num_altsubject_matches ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_num_altsubject_matches
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting);

 
Returns the number of entries in the
 “altsubject-matches” property of this setting.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -1559,12 +1559,12 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_num_altsubject_matches 
const char *
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_altsubject_match
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting,
-                                guint32 i);
+ guint32 i);

Returns the altSubjectName match at index i .

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1593,7 +1593,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_altsubject_match

nm_setting_802_1x_add_altsubject_match ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_802_1x_add_altsubject_match
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                 const char *altsubject_match);

@@ -1602,7 +1602,7 @@ match is added, the altSubjectName of the remote authentication
 server is not verified.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -1624,8 +1624,8 @@ server is not verified.

Returns

-

TRUE if the alternative subject name match was -successfully added, FALSE if it was already allowed.

+

TRUE if the alternative subject name match was +successfully added, FALSE if it was already allowed.

@@ -1634,11 +1634,11 @@ successfully added, void nm_setting_802_1x_remove_altsubject_match (NMSetting8021x *setting, - guint32 i); + guint32 i);

Removes the allowed altSubjectName at the specified index.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1662,7 +1662,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_remove_altsubject_match

nm_setting_802_1x_remove_altsubject_match_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_802_1x_remove_altsubject_match_by_value
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                 const char *altsubject_match);

@@ -1670,7 +1670,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_remove_altsubject_match_by_value
 .

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -1692,8 +1692,8 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_remove_altsubject_match_by_value

Returns

-

TRUE if the alternative subject name match was found and removed, -FALSE if it was not.

+

TRUE if the alternative subject name match was found and removed, +FALSE if it was not.

Since: 0.9.10

@@ -1706,7 +1706,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_clear_altsubject_matches

Clears all altSubjectName matches.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1731,7 +1731,7 @@ is NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_PATH, use nm_setting_802_1x_get_client_cert_path().

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1752,7 +1752,7 @@ if

nm_setting_802_1x_get_client_cert_blob ()

-
const GByteArray *
+
const GByteArray *
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_client_cert_blob
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting);

 
Client certificates are used to identify the connecting client to the network
@@ -1760,7 +1760,7 @@ when EAP-TLS is used as either the "phase 1" or "phase 2" 802.1x
 authentication method.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -1789,7 +1789,7 @@ when EAP-TLS is used as either the "phase 1" or "phase 2" 802.1x authentication method.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1810,12 +1810,12 @@ authentication method.

nm_setting_802_1x_set_client_cert ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_802_1x_set_client_cert (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                    const char *cert_path,
                                    NMSetting8021xCKScheme scheme,
                                    NMSetting8021xCKFormat *out_format,
-                                   GError **error);

+                                   GError **error);

Reads a certificate from disk and sets the “client-cert” property with the raw certificate data if using the NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_BLOB scheme, or with the path to the certificate @@ -1825,7 +1825,7 @@ when EAP-TLS is used as either the "phase 1" or "phase 2" 802.1x authentication method.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1843,7 +1843,7 @@ authentication method.

is set to either NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_PATH or NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_BLOB, pass the path of the client certificate file (PEM, DER, or PKCS#12 format). The path must be UTF-8 -encoded; use g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed. Passing NULL with +encoded; use g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed. Passing NULL with any scheme clears the client certificate.

 @@ -1868,7 +1868,7 @@ clears the client certificate.

Returns

-

TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful

+

TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful

@@ -1878,7 +1878,7 @@ clears the client certificate.

nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase1_peapver (NMSetting8021x *setting);

Parameters

-
 
+
@@ -1895,7 +1895,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase1_peapver (

Returns

the "phase 1" PEAP version to be used when authenticating with EAP-PEAP as contained in the “phase1-peapver” property. Valid -values are NULL (unset), "0" (PEAP version 0), and "1" (PEAP version 1).

+values are NULL (unset), "0" (PEAP version 0), and "1" (PEAP version 1).

@@ -1906,7 +1906,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase1_peaplabel (NMSetting8021x *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1923,7 +1923,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase1_peaplabel

Returns

whether the "phase 1" PEAP label is new-style or old-style, to be used when authenticating with EAP-PEAP, as contained in the -“phase1-peaplabel” property. Valid values are NULL (unset), +“phase1-peaplabel” property. Valid values are NULL (unset), "0" (use old-style label), and "1" (use new-style label). See the wpa_supplicant documentation for more details.

@@ -1936,7 +1936,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase1_fast_provisioning (NMSetting8021x *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1963,7 +1963,7 @@ wpa_supplicant documentation for more details.

nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_auth (NMSetting8021x *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1989,7 +1989,7 @@ specified by the NMSetting8021x *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2020,7 +2020,7 @@ returned scheme is nm_setting_802_1x_get_ca_cert_path().

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2041,7 +2041,7 @@ use

nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_ca_cert_blob ()

-
const GByteArray *
+
const GByteArray *
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_ca_cert_blob
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting);

 
Returns the "phase 2" CA certificate blob if the CA certificate is stored
@@ -2052,7 +2052,7 @@ reduces security by allowing man-in-the-middle attacks, because the identity
 of the network cannot be confirmed by the client.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -2084,7 +2084,7 @@ reduces security by allowing man-in-the-middle attacks, because the identity of the network cannot be confirmed by the client.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2105,19 +2105,19 @@ of the network cannot be confirmed by the client.

nm_setting_802_1x_set_phase2_ca_cert ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_802_1x_set_phase2_ca_cert (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                       const char *cert_path,
                                       NMSetting8021xCKScheme scheme,
                                       NMSetting8021xCKFormat *out_format,
-                                      GError **error);

+                                      GError **error);

Reads a certificate from disk and sets the “phase2-ca-cert” property with the raw certificate data if using the NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_BLOB scheme, or with the path to the certificate file if using the NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_PATH scheme.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2135,7 +2135,7 @@ file if using the NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_PATH or NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_BLOB, pass the path of the "phase2" CA certificate file (PEM or DER format). The path must be UTF-8 encoded; use -g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed. Passing NULL with any scheme +g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed. Passing NULL with any scheme clears the "phase2" CA certificate.

 @@ -2159,7 +2159,7 @@ clears the "phase2" CA certificate.

Returns

-

TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful

+

TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful

@@ -2170,7 +2170,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_subject_match (NMSetting8021x *setting);

Parameters

-
 
+
@@ -2187,21 +2187,21 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_subject_match

Returns

the “phase2-subject-match” property. This is the substring to be matched against the subject of the "phase 2" -authentication server certificate, or NULL no subject verification +authentication server certificate, or NULL no subject verification is to be performed.

nm_setting_802_1x_get_num_phase2_altsubject_matches ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_num_phase2_altsubject_matches
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting);

 
Returns the number of entries in the
 “phase2-altsubject-matches” property of this setting.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -2225,12 +2225,12 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_num_phase2_altsubject_matches 
const char *
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_altsubject_match
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting,
-                                guint32 i);
+ guint32 i);

Returns the "phase 2" altSubjectName match at index i .

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2259,7 +2259,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_altsubject_match

nm_setting_802_1x_add_phase2_altsubject_match ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_802_1x_add_phase2_altsubject_match
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                 const char *phase2_altsubject_match);

@@ -2268,7 +2268,7 @@ at least one match is added, the altSubjectName of the "phase 2"
 remote authentication server is not verified.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -2291,8 +2291,8 @@ connection

Returns

-

TRUE if the "phase 2" alternative subject name match was -successfully added, FALSE if it was already allowed.

+

TRUE if the "phase 2" alternative subject name match was +successfully added, FALSE if it was already allowed.

@@ -2301,11 +2301,11 @@ successfully added, void nm_setting_802_1x_remove_phase2_altsubject_match (NMSetting8021x *setting, - guint32 i); + guint32 i);

Removes the allowed "phase 2" altSubjectName at the specified index.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2329,7 +2329,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_remove_phase2_altsubject_match

nm_setting_802_1x_remove_phase2_altsubject_match_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_802_1x_remove_phase2_altsubject_match_by_value
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                 const char *phase2_altsubject_match);

@@ -2337,7 +2337,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_remove_phase2_altsubject_match_by_value
 .

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -2359,8 +2359,8 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_remove_phase2_altsubject_match_by_value

Returns

-

TRUE if the alternative subject name match for "phase 2" was found and removed, -FALSE if it was not.

+

TRUE if the alternative subject name match for "phase 2" was found and removed, +FALSE if it was not.

Since: 0.9.10

@@ -2373,7 +2373,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_clear_phase2_altsubject_matches

Clears all "phase 2" altSubjectName matches.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2400,7 +2400,7 @@ returned scheme is nm_setting_802_1x_get_client_cert_path().

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2421,7 +2421,7 @@ returned scheme is

nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_client_cert_blob ()

-
const GByteArray *
+
const GByteArray *
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_client_cert_blob
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting);

 
Client certificates are used to identify the connecting client to the network
@@ -2429,7 +2429,7 @@ when EAP-TLS is used as either the "phase 1" or "phase 2" 802.1x
 authentication method.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -2458,7 +2458,7 @@ when EAP-TLS is used as either the "phase 1" or "phase 2" 802.1x authentication method.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2479,13 +2479,13 @@ authentication method.

nm_setting_802_1x_set_phase2_client_cert ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_802_1x_set_phase2_client_cert
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                 const char *cert_path,
                                 NMSetting8021xCKScheme scheme,
                                 NMSetting8021xCKFormat *out_format,
-                                GError **error);

+                                GError **error);

Reads a certificate from disk and sets the “phase2-client-cert” property with the raw certificate data if using the NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_BLOB scheme, or with the path to the certificate @@ -2495,7 +2495,7 @@ when EAP-TLS is used as either the "phase 1" or "phase 2" 802.1x authentication method.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2513,7 +2513,7 @@ authentication method.

is set to either NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_PATH or NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_BLOB, pass the path of the "phase2" client certificate file (PEM, DER, or PKCS#12 format). The path must be UTF-8 -encoded; use g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed. Passing NULL with +encoded; use g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed. Passing NULL with any scheme clears the "phase2" client certificate.

 @@ -2538,7 +2538,7 @@ clears the "phase2" client certificate.

Returns

-

TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful

+

TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful

@@ -2548,7 +2548,7 @@ clears the "phase2" client certificate.

nm_setting_802_1x_get_password (NMSetting8021x *setting);

Parameters

-
 
+
@@ -2574,7 +2574,7 @@ by the NMSetting8021x *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2595,11 +2595,11 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_password_flags (

nm_setting_802_1x_get_password_raw ()

-
const GByteArray *
+
const GByteArray *
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_password_raw (NMSetting8021x *setting);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -2627,7 +2627,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_password_raw_flags (NMSetting8021x *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2653,7 +2653,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_password_raw_flags nm_setting_802_1x_get_pin (NMSetting8021x *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2679,7 +2679,7 @@ by the NMSetting8021x *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2711,7 +2711,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_private_key_scheme nm_setting_802_1x_get_client_cert_path().

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2732,7 +2732,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_private_key_scheme

nm_setting_802_1x_get_private_key_blob ()

-
const GByteArray *
+
const GByteArray *
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_private_key_blob
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting);

 
Private keys are used to authenticate the connecting client to the network
@@ -2743,7 +2743,7 @@ unencrypted private key data may be readable by unprivileged users.  Private
 keys should always be encrypted with a private key password.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -2772,7 +2772,7 @@ when EAP-TLS is used as either the "phase 1" or "phase 2" 802.1x authentication method.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2793,13 +2793,13 @@ authentication method.

nm_setting_802_1x_set_private_key ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_802_1x_set_private_key (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                    const char *key_path,
                                    const char *password,
                                    NMSetting8021xCKScheme scheme,
                                    NMSetting8021xCKFormat *out_format,
-                                   GError **error);

+                                   GError **error);

Private keys are used to authenticate the connecting client to the network when EAP-TLS is used as either the "phase 1" or "phase 2" 802.1x authentication method.

@@ -2813,7 +2813,7 @@ verify that password is correct, and if it is, updates the “private-key-password” property with the given password . If -the decryption is unsuccessful, FALSE is returned, error +the decryption is unsuccessful, FALSE is returned, error is set, and no internal data is changed. If no password is given, the private key is @@ -2825,7 +2825,7 @@ unprivileged users. Private keys should always be encrypted with a private key password to prevent unauthorized access to unencrypted private key data.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2843,13 +2843,13 @@ key password to prevent unauthorized access to unencrypted private key data.

is set to either NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_PATH or NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_BLOB, pass the path of the private key file (PEM, DER, or PKCS#12 format). The path must be UTF-8 encoded; use -g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed. Passing NULL with any scheme +g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed. Passing NULL with any scheme clears the private key.

 - @@ -2874,7 +2874,7 @@ an error is returned.

Returns

-

TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful

+

TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful

@@ -2885,7 +2885,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_private_key_password (NMSetting8021x *setting);

Parameters

-
 

password

password used to decrypt the private key, or NULL if the password +

password used to decrypt the private key, or NULL if the password is unknown. If the password is given but fails to decrypt the private key, an error is returned.

  
+
@@ -2913,7 +2913,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_private_key_password_flags (NMSetting8021x *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2940,7 +2940,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_private_key_format (NMSetting8021x *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2972,7 +2972,7 @@ scheme is nm_setting_802_1x_get_client_cert_path().

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2993,7 +2993,7 @@ scheme is

nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_private_key_blob ()

-
const GByteArray *
+
const GByteArray *
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_private_key_blob
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting);

 
Private keys are used to authenticate the connecting client to the network
@@ -3004,7 +3004,7 @@ unencrypted private key data may be readable by unprivileged users.  Private
 keys should always be encrypted with a private key password.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -3033,7 +3033,7 @@ when EAP-TLS is used as either the "phase 1" or "phase 2" 802.1x authentication method.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -3054,14 +3054,14 @@ authentication method.

nm_setting_802_1x_set_phase2_private_key ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_802_1x_set_phase2_private_key
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                 const char *key_path,
                                 const char *password,
                                 NMSetting8021xCKScheme scheme,
                                 NMSetting8021xCKFormat *out_format,
-                                GError **error);

+                                GError **error);

Private keys are used to authenticate the connecting client to the network when EAP-TLS is used as either the "phase 1" or "phase 2" 802.1x authentication method.

@@ -3075,7 +3075,7 @@ verify that password is correct, and if it is, updates the “phase2-private-key-password” property with the given password -. If the decryption is unsuccessful, FALSE is returned, error +. If the decryption is unsuccessful, FALSE is returned, error is set, and no internal data is changed. If no password is given, the private @@ -3087,7 +3087,7 @@ unprivileged users. Private keys should always be encrypted with a private key password to prevent unauthorized access to unencrypted private key data.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -3105,14 +3105,14 @@ key password to prevent unauthorized access to unencrypted private key data.

is set to either NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_PATH or NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_BLOB, pass the path of the "phase2" private key file (PEM, DER, or PKCS#12 format). The path must be UTF-8 encoded; -use g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed. Passing NULL with any +use g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed. Passing NULL with any scheme clears the private key.

 - @@ -3137,7 +3137,7 @@ an error is returned.

Returns

-

TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful

+

TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful

@@ -3148,7 +3148,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_private_key_password (NMSetting8021x *setting);

Parameters

-
 

password

password used to decrypt the private key, or NULL if the password +

password used to decrypt the private key, or NULL if the password is unknown. If the password is given but fails to decrypt the private key, an error is returned.

  
+
@@ -3176,7 +3176,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_private_key_password_flags (NMSetting8021x *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -3203,7 +3203,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_private_key_format (NMSetting8021x *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -3231,7 +3231,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_private_key_format or private key

Members

-
+
@@ -3280,7 +3280,7 @@ stored in the setting properties, either as a blob of the item's data, or as a path to a certificate or private key file on the filesystem

Members

-
+
@@ -3326,7 +3326,7 @@ to a file containing the certificate or key data

enum NMSetting8021xError

Members

-
+
@@ -3571,7 +3571,7 @@ no verification of the server certificate's altSubjectName is performed.

The “anonymous-identity” property

-
  “anonymous-identity”       gchar *
+
  “anonymous-identity”       gchar *

Anonymous identity string for EAP authentication methods. Used as the unencrypted identity with EAP types that support different tunneled identity like EAP-TTLS.

@@ -3599,7 +3599,7 @@ but this allows man-in-the-middle attacks and is NOT recommended.

The “ca-path” property

-
  “ca-path”                  gchar *
+
  “ca-path”                  gchar *

UTF-8 encoded path to a directory containing PEM or DER formatted certificates to be added to the verification chain in addition to the certificate specified in the “ca-cert” property.

@@ -3636,7 +3636,7 @@ allowed combinations.

The “identity” property

-
  “identity”                 gchar *
+
  “identity”                 gchar *

Identity string for EAP authentication methods. Often the user's user or login name.

Flags: Read / Write

@@ -3645,7 +3645,7 @@ login name.

The “pac-file” property

-
  “pac-file”                 gchar *
+
  “pac-file”                 gchar *

UTF-8 encoded file path containing PAC for EAP-FAST.

Flags: Read / Write

Default value: NULL

@@ -3653,7 +3653,7 @@ login name.

The “password” property

-
  “password”                 gchar *
+
  “password”                 gchar *

UTF-8 encoded password used for EAP authentication methods. If both the “password” property and the “password-raw” property are specified, “password” is preferred.

@@ -3663,7 +3663,7 @@ property are specified,

The “password-flags” property

-
  “password-flags”           guint
+
  “password-flags”           guint

Flags indicating how to handle the “password” property.

Flags: Read / Write

Allowed values: <= 7

@@ -3682,7 +3682,7 @@ property are specified,

The “password-raw-flags” property

-
  “password-raw-flags”       guint
+
  “password-raw-flags”       guint

Flags indicating how to handle the “password-raw” property.

Flags: Read / Write

Allowed values: <= 7

@@ -3691,7 +3691,7 @@ property are specified,

The “phase1-fast-provisioning” property

-
  “phase1-fast-provisioning” gchar *
+
  “phase1-fast-provisioning” gchar *

Enables or disables in-line provisioning of EAP-FAST credentials when FAST is specified as the EAP method in the “eap” property. Recognized values are "0" (disabled), "1" (allow unauthenticated @@ -3704,7 +3704,7 @@ wpa_supplicant documentation for more details.

The “phase1-peaplabel” property

-
  “phase1-peaplabel”         gchar *
+
  “phase1-peaplabel”         gchar *

Forces use of the new PEAP label during key derivation. Some RADIUS servers may require forcing the new PEAP label to interoperate with PEAPv1. Set to "1" to force use of the new PEAP label. See the @@ -3715,7 +3715,7 @@ wpa_supplicant documentation for more details.

The “phase1-peapver” property

-
  “phase1-peapver”           gchar *
+
  “phase1-peapver”           gchar *

Forces which PEAP version is used when PEAP is set as the EAP method in the “eap” property. When unset, the version reported by the server will be used. Sometimes when using older RADIUS servers, it @@ -3738,7 +3738,7 @@ server certificate's altSubjectName is performed.

The “phase2-auth” property

-
  “phase2-auth”              gchar *
+
  “phase2-auth”              gchar *

Specifies the allowed "phase 2" inner non-EAP authentication methods when an EAP method that uses an inner TLS tunnel is specified in the “eap” property. Recognized non-EAP "phase 2" methods are @@ -3751,7 +3751,7 @@ authentication; see the wpa_supplicant documentation for more details.

The “phase2-autheap” property

-
  “phase2-autheap”           gchar *
+
  “phase2-autheap”           gchar *

Specifies the allowed "phase 2" inner EAP-based authentication methods when an EAP method that uses an inner TLS tunnel is specified in the “eap” property. Recognized EAP-based "phase 2" methods are @@ -3783,7 +3783,7 @@ but this allows man-in-the-middle attacks and is NOT recommended.

The “phase2-ca-path” property

-
  “phase2-ca-path”           gchar *
+
  “phase2-ca-path”           gchar *

UTF-8 encoded path to a directory containing PEM or DER formatted certificates to be added to the verification chain in addition to the certificate specified in the “phase2-ca-cert” property.

@@ -3837,7 +3837,7 @@ the password used to decode the PKCS#12 private key and certificate.

The “phase2-private-key-password” property

-
  “phase2-private-key-password” gchar *
+
  “phase2-private-key-password” gchar *

The password used to decrypt the "phase 2" private key specified in the “phase2-private-key” property when the private key either uses the path scheme, or is a PKCS#12 format key. Setting this property @@ -3850,7 +3850,7 @@ private key by the

The “phase2-private-key-password-flags” property

-
  “phase2-private-key-password-flags” guint
+
  “phase2-private-key-password-flags” guint

Flags indicating how to handle the “phase2-private-key-password” property.

Flags: Read / Write

@@ -3860,7 +3860,7 @@ private key by the

The “phase2-subject-match” property

-
  “phase2-subject-match”     gchar *
+
  “phase2-subject-match”     gchar *

Substring to be matched against the subject of the certificate presented by the authentication server during the inner "phase 2" authentication. When unset, no verification of the authentication server @@ -3871,7 +3871,7 @@ certificate's subject is performed.

The “pin” property

-
  “pin”                      gchar *
+
  “pin”                      gchar *

PIN used for EAP authentication methods.

Flags: Read / Write

Default value: NULL

@@ -3879,7 +3879,7 @@ certificate's subject is performed.

The “pin-flags” property

-
  “pin-flags”                guint
+
  “pin-flags”                guint

Flags indicating how to handle the “pin” property.

Flags: Read / Write

Allowed values: <= 7

@@ -3917,7 +3917,7 @@ private key data.

The “private-key-password” property

-
  “private-key-password”     gchar *
+
  “private-key-password”     gchar *

The password used to decrypt the private key specified in the “private-key” property when the private key either uses the path scheme, or if the private key is a PKCS#12 format key. Setting this @@ -3930,7 +3930,7 @@ the private key by the

The “private-key-password-flags” property

-
  “private-key-password-flags” guint
+
  “private-key-password-flags” guint

Flags indicating how to handle the “private-key-password” property.

Flags: Read / Write

@@ -3940,7 +3940,7 @@ property.

The “subject-match” property

-
  “subject-match”            gchar *
+
  “subject-match”            gchar *

Substring to be matched against the subject of the certificate presented by the authentication server. When unset, no verification of the authentication server certificate's subject is performed.

@@ -3950,8 +3950,8 @@ authentication server certificate's subject is performed.

The “system-ca-certs” property

-
  “system-ca-certs”          gboolean
-

When TRUE, overrides the “ca-path” and +

  “system-ca-certs”          gboolean
+

When TRUE, overrides the “ca-path” and “phase2-ca-path” properties using the system CA directory specified at configure time with the --system-ca-path switch. The certificates in this directory are added to the verification chain in diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingAdsl.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingAdsl.html index 6b7df0a4..4afa20f7 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingAdsl.html +++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingAdsl.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMSettingAdsl: libnm-util Reference Manual - + @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
-GQuark +GQuark nm_setting_adsl_error_quark () @@ -87,7 +87,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_adsl_get_vpi () @@ -95,7 +95,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_adsl_get_vci () @@ -114,7 +114,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -123,40 +123,40 @@ +gchar * +gchar * - + +gchar * +gchar * - + - + @@ -165,7 +165,7 @@

Types and Values

-
-gchar * encapsulation Read / Write
-gchar * password Read / Write
guintguint password-flags Read / Write
-gchar * protocol Read / Write
-gchar * username Read / Write
guintguint vci Read / Write
guintguint vpi Read / Write
+
@@ -238,7 +238,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

    GEnum
     ╰── NMSettingAdslError
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingAdsl
@@ -257,7 +257,7 @@ properties of ADSL connections.

Functions

nm_setting_adsl_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_setting_adsl_error_quark (void);

 
Registers an error quark for NMSettingAdsl if necessary.

 

@@ -283,7 +283,7 @@ nm_setting_adsl_new (void<
 nm_setting_adsl_get_username (NMSettingAdsl *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -308,7 +308,7 @@ nm_setting_adsl_get_username (NMSettingAdsl *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -333,7 +333,7 @@ nm_setting_adsl_get_password (NMSettingAdsl *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -358,7 +358,7 @@ nm_setting_adsl_get_protocol (NMSettingAdsl *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -379,11 +379,11 @@ nm_setting_adsl_get_encapsulation (

nm_setting_adsl_get_vpi ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_adsl_get_vpi (NMSettingAdsl *setting);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -404,11 +404,11 @@ nm_setting_adsl_get_vpi (

nm_setting_adsl_get_vci ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_adsl_get_vci (NMSettingAdsl *setting);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -433,7 +433,7 @@ nm_setting_adsl_get_vci (NMSettingAdsl *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -464,7 +464,7 @@ nm_setting_adsl_get_password_flags (

enum NMSettingAdslError

Members

-
+
@@ -580,7 +580,7 @@ required

Property Details

The “encapsulation” property

-
  “encapsulation”            gchar *
+
  “encapsulation”            gchar *

Encapsulation of ADSL connection. Can be "vcmux" or "llc".

Flags: Read / Write

Default value: NULL

@@ -588,7 +588,7 @@ required

The “password” property

-
  “password”                 gchar *
+
  “password”                 gchar *

Password used to authenticate with the ADSL service.

Flags: Read / Write

Default value: NULL

@@ -596,7 +596,7 @@ required

The “password-flags” property

-
  “password-flags”           guint
+
  “password-flags”           guint

Flags indicating how to handle the “password” property.

Flags: Read / Write

Allowed values: <= 7

@@ -605,7 +605,7 @@ required

The “protocol” property

-
  “protocol”                 gchar *
+
  “protocol”                 gchar *

ADSL connection protocol. Can be "pppoa", "pppoe" or "ipoatm".

Flags: Read / Write

Default value: NULL

@@ -613,7 +613,7 @@ required

The “username” property

-
  “username”                 gchar *
+
  “username”                 gchar *

Username used to authenticate with the ADSL service.

Flags: Read / Write

Default value: NULL

@@ -621,7 +621,7 @@ required

The “vci” property

-
  “vci”                      guint
+
  “vci”                      guint

VCI of ADSL connection

Flags: Read / Write

Allowed values: <= 65536

@@ -630,7 +630,7 @@ required

The “vpi” property

-
  “vpi”                      guint
+
  “vpi”                      guint

VPI of ADSL connection

Flags: Read / Write

Allowed values: <= 65536

diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingBluetooth.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingBluetooth.html index 310291e1..2ec55fda 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingBluetooth.html +++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingBluetooth.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMSettingBluetooth: libnm-util Reference Manual - + @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ -
-GQuark +GQuark nm_setting_bluetooth_error_quark () @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@
const GByteArray * +const GByteArray * nm_setting_bluetooth_get_bdaddr () @@ -76,7 +76,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ +gchar * @@ -100,7 +100,7 @@

Types and Values

-
-gchar * type Read / Write
+
@@ -141,7 +141,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

    GEnum
     ╰── NMSettingBluetoothError
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingBluetooth
@@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ Point (NAP) profiles.

Functions

nm_setting_bluetooth_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_setting_bluetooth_error_quark (void);

 
Registers an error quark for NMSettingBluetooth if necessary.

 

@@ -185,13 +185,13 @@ nm_setting_bluetooth_new (void
 

 
nm_setting_bluetooth_get_bdaddr ()

-
const GByteArray *
+
const GByteArray *
 nm_setting_bluetooth_get_bdaddr (NMSettingBluetooth *setting);

 
Gets the Bluetooth address of the remote device which this setting
 describes a connection to.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -219,7 +219,7 @@ nm_setting_bluetooth_get_connection_type either DUN to a DUN-capable device or PANU to a NAP-capable device).

Parameters

-
+
@@ -251,7 +251,7 @@ either DUN to a DUN-capable device or PANU to a NAP-capable device).

enum NMSettingBluetoothError

Members

-
+
@@ -339,7 +339,7 @@ NAP (Network Access Point) protocol, which accepts connections via PANU.

The “type” property

-
  “type”                     gchar *
+
  “type”                     gchar *

Either "dun" for Dial-Up Networking connections or "panu" for Personal Area Networking connections to devices supporting the NAP profile.

Flags: Read / Write

diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingBond.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingBond.html index 0b290535..6ef253ac 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingBond.html +++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingBond.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMSettingBond: libnm-util Reference Manual - + @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
-GQuark +GQuark nm_setting_bond_error_quark () @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_bond_get_num_options () @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_bond_get_option () @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_bond_add_option () @@ -97,7 +97,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_bond_remove_option () @@ -105,7 +105,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_bond_validate_option () @@ -130,7 +130,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ +gchar * @@ -153,7 +153,7 @@

Types and Values

-
-gchar * interface-name Read / Write
+
@@ -246,7 +246,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

    GEnum
     ╰── NMSettingBondError
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingBond
@@ -265,7 +265,7 @@ necessary for bond connections.

Functions

nm_setting_bond_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_setting_bond_error_quark (void);

 
Registers an error quark for NMSettingBond if necessary.

 

@@ -292,7 +292,7 @@ nm_setting_bond_new (void<
 nm_setting_bond_get_interface_name (NMSettingBond *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -313,14 +313,14 @@ nm_setting_bond_get_interface_name (

nm_setting_bond_get_num_options ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_bond_get_num_options (NMSettingBond *setting);

 
Returns the number of options that should be set for this bond when it
 is activated. This can be used to retrieve each option individually
 using nm_setting_bond_get_option().

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -341,9 +341,9 @@ using

nm_setting_bond_get_option ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_bond_get_option (NMSettingBond *setting,
-                            guint32 idx,
+                            guint32 idx,
                             const char **out_name,
                             const char **out_value);

 
Given an index, return the value of the bonding option at that index.  Indexes
@@ -353,7 +353,7 @@ and should not be used to refer to options except for short periods of time
 such as during option iteration.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -388,8 +388,8 @@ option; this value is owned by the setting and should not be modified.

Returns

-

TRUE on success if the index was valid and an option was found, -FALSE if the index was invalid (ie, greater than the number of options +

TRUE on success if the index was valid and an option was found, +FALSE if the index was invalid (ie, greater than the number of options currently held by the setting)

@@ -404,7 +404,7 @@ nm_setting_bond_get_option_by_name (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -426,14 +426,14 @@ nm_setting_bond_get_option_by_name (

Returns

-

the value, or NULL if the key/value pair was never added to the +

the value, or NULL if the key/value pair was never added to the setting; the value is owned by the setting and must not be modified

nm_setting_bond_add_option ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_bond_add_option (NMSettingBond *setting,
                             const char *name,
                             const char *value);

@@ -445,7 +445,7 @@ that may already exist.

 that conflict with each other.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -472,14 +472,14 @@ that conflict with each other.

Returns

-

TRUE if the option was valid and was added to the internal option -list, FALSE if it was not.

+

TRUE if the option was valid and was added to the internal option +list, FALSE if it was not.

nm_setting_bond_remove_option ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_bond_remove_option (NMSettingBond *setting,
                                const char *name);

 
Remove the bonding option referenced by name
@@ -487,7 +487,7 @@ nm_setting_bond_remove_option (
 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -509,14 +509,14 @@ list.

Returns

-

TRUE if the option was found and removed from the internal option -list, FALSE if it was not.

+

TRUE if the option was found and removed from the internal option +list, FALSE if it was not.

nm_setting_bond_validate_option ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_bond_validate_option (const char *name,
                                  const char *value);

 
Checks whether name
@@ -524,10 +524,10 @@ nm_setting_bond_validate_option (const name
 . If value
- is NULL, the function only validates the option name.

+ is NULL, the function only validates the option name.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -549,10 +549,10 @@ the name

Returns

-

TRUE, if the value +

TRUE, if the value is valid for the given name. If the name -is not a valid option, FALSE will be returned.

+is not a valid option, FALSE will be returned.

Since: 0.9.10

@@ -564,7 +564,7 @@ nm_setting_bond_get_valid_options (Returns a list of valid bond options.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -579,7 +579,7 @@ nm_setting_bond_get_valid_options (

Returns

-

a NULL-terminated array of strings of valid bond options.

+

a NULL-terminated array of strings of valid bond options.

[transfer none]

@@ -591,7 +591,7 @@ nm_setting_bond_get_option_default (const char *name);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -630,7 +630,7 @@ the

enum NMSettingBondError

Members

-
+
@@ -790,7 +790,7 @@ required

Property Details

The “interface-name” property

-
  “interface-name”           gchar *
+
  “interface-name”           gchar *

The name of the virtual in-kernel bonding network interface

Flags: Read / Write

Default value: NULL

diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingBridge.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingBridge.html index ad555e33..1dd0b4a6 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingBridge.html +++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingBridge.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMSettingBridge: libnm-util Reference Manual - + @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ -
-GQuark +GQuark nm_setting_bridge_error_quark () @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@
const GByteArray * +const GByteArray * nm_setting_bridge_get_mac_address () @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_bridge_get_stp () @@ -81,7 +81,7 @@
-guint16 +guint16 nm_setting_bridge_get_priority () @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@
-guint16 +guint16 nm_setting_bridge_get_forward_delay () @@ -97,7 +97,7 @@
-guint16 +guint16 nm_setting_bridge_get_hello_time () @@ -105,7 +105,7 @@
-guint16 +guint16 nm_setting_bridge_get_max_age () @@ -113,7 +113,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_bridge_get_ageing_time () @@ -124,7 +124,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -132,23 +132,23 @@ - + - + - + +gchar * @@ -159,17 +159,17 @@ - + - + - + @@ -178,7 +178,7 @@

Types and Values

-
guintguint ageing-time Read / Write / Construct
guintguint forward-delay Read / Write / Construct
guintguint hello-time Read / Write / Construct
-gchar * interface-name Read / Write
Read / Write
guintguint max-age Read / Write / Construct
guintguint priority Read / Write / Construct
gbooleangboolean stp Read / Write / Construct
+
@@ -235,7 +235,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

    GEnum
     ╰── NMSettingBridgeError
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingBridge
@@ -254,7 +254,7 @@ necessary for bridging connections.

Functions

nm_setting_bridge_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_setting_bridge_error_quark (void);

 
Registers an error quark for NMSettingBridge if necessary.

 

@@ -283,7 +283,7 @@ nm_setting_bridge_new (voidNMSettingBridge *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -305,11 +305,11 @@ nm_setting_bridge_get_interface_name (

nm_setting_bridge_get_mac_address ()

-
const GByteArray *
+
const GByteArray *
 nm_setting_bridge_get_mac_address (NMSettingBridge *setting);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -331,11 +331,11 @@ nm_setting_bridge_get_mac_address (

nm_setting_bridge_get_stp ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_bridge_get_stp (NMSettingBridge *setting);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -357,11 +357,11 @@ nm_setting_bridge_get_stp (

nm_setting_bridge_get_priority ()

-
guint16
+
guint16
 nm_setting_bridge_get_priority (NMSettingBridge *setting);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -383,11 +383,11 @@ nm_setting_bridge_get_priority (

nm_setting_bridge_get_forward_delay ()

-
guint16
+
guint16
 nm_setting_bridge_get_forward_delay (NMSettingBridge *setting);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -409,11 +409,11 @@ nm_setting_bridge_get_forward_delay (

nm_setting_bridge_get_hello_time ()

-
guint16
+
guint16
 nm_setting_bridge_get_hello_time (NMSettingBridge *setting);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -435,11 +435,11 @@ nm_setting_bridge_get_hello_time (

nm_setting_bridge_get_max_age ()

-
guint16
+
guint16
 nm_setting_bridge_get_max_age (NMSettingBridge *setting);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -461,11 +461,11 @@ nm_setting_bridge_get_max_age (

nm_setting_bridge_get_ageing_time ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_bridge_get_ageing_time (NMSettingBridge *setting);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -497,7 +497,7 @@ nm_setting_bridge_get_ageing_time (

enum NMSettingBridgeError

Members

-
+
@@ -590,7 +590,7 @@ required

Property Details

The “ageing-time” property

-
  “ageing-time”              guint
+
  “ageing-time”              guint

The Ethernet MAC address aging time, in seconds.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

Allowed values: <= 1000000

@@ -600,7 +600,7 @@ required

The “forward-delay” property

-
  “forward-delay”            guint
+
  “forward-delay”            guint

The Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) forwarding delay, in seconds.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

Allowed values: <= 30

@@ -610,7 +610,7 @@ required

The “hello-time” property

-
  “hello-time”               guint
+
  “hello-time”               guint

The Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) hello time, in seconds.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

Allowed values: <= 10

@@ -620,7 +620,7 @@ required

The “interface-name” property

-
  “interface-name”           gchar *
+
  “interface-name”           gchar *

The name of the virtual in-kernel bridging network interface

Flags: Read / Write

Default value: NULL

@@ -639,7 +639,7 @@ NetworkManager created) bridge, this MAC address must match.

The “max-age” property

-
  “max-age”                  guint
+
  “max-age”                  guint

The Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) maximum message age, in seconds.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

Allowed values: <= 40

@@ -649,7 +649,7 @@ NetworkManager created) bridge, this MAC address must match.

The “priority” property

-
  “priority”                 guint
+
  “priority”                 guint

Sets the Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) priority for this bridge. Lower values are "better"; the lowest priority bridge will be elected the root bridge.

@@ -661,7 +661,7 @@ bridge.

The “stp” property

-
  “stp”                      gboolean
+
  “stp”                      gboolean

Controls whether Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) is enabled for this bridge.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

Default value: TRUE

diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingBridgePort.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingBridgePort.html index 72b5059f..b8630252 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingBridgePort.html +++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingBridgePort.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMSettingBridgePort: libnm-util Reference Manual - + @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
-GQuark +GQuark nm_setting_bridge_port_error_quark () @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@
-guint16 +guint16 nm_setting_bridge_port_get_priority () @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@
-guint16 +guint16 nm_setting_bridge_port_get_path_cost () @@ -75,7 +75,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_bridge_port_get_hairpin_mode () @@ -86,7 +86,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -94,17 +94,17 @@ - + - + - + @@ -113,7 +113,7 @@

Types and Values

-
gbooleangboolean hairpin-mode Read / Write
guintguint path-cost Read / Write / Construct
guintguint priority Read / Write / Construct
+
@@ -150,7 +150,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

    GEnum
     ╰── NMSettingBridgePortError
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingBridgePort
@@ -169,7 +169,7 @@ optional properties that apply to bridge ports.

Functions

nm_setting_bridge_port_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_setting_bridge_port_error_quark (void);

 
Registers an error quark for NMSettingBridgePort if necessary.

 

@@ -194,11 +194,11 @@ nm_setting_bridge_port_new (void<
 

 

 
nm_setting_bridge_port_get_priority ()

-
guint16
+
guint16
 nm_setting_bridge_port_get_priority (NMSettingBridgePort *setting);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -220,11 +220,11 @@ nm_setting_bridge_port_get_priority (

nm_setting_bridge_port_get_path_cost ()

-
guint16
+
guint16
 nm_setting_bridge_port_get_path_cost (NMSettingBridgePort *setting);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -246,12 +246,12 @@ nm_setting_bridge_port_get_path_cost (

nm_setting_bridge_port_get_hairpin_mode ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_bridge_port_get_hairpin_mode
                                (NMSettingBridgePort *setting);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -283,7 +283,7 @@ nm_setting_bridge_port_get_hairpin_mode

enum NMSettingBridgePortError

Members

-
+
@@ -346,7 +346,7 @@ is required

Property Details

The “hairpin-mode” property

-
  “hairpin-mode”             gboolean
+
  “hairpin-mode”             gboolean

Enables or disabled "hairpin mode" for the port, which allows frames to be sent back out through the port the frame was received on.

Flags: Read / Write

@@ -356,7 +356,7 @@ be sent back out through the port the frame was received on.

The “path-cost” property

-
  “path-cost”                guint
+
  “path-cost”                guint

The Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) port cost for destinations via this port.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -367,7 +367,7 @@ port.

The “priority” property

-
  “priority”                 guint
+
  “priority”                 guint

The Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) priority of this bridge port.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

Allowed values: <= 63

diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingCdma.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingCdma.html index ab1015b0..f9ea1c93 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingCdma.html +++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingCdma.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMSettingCdma: libnm-util Reference Manual - + @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
-GQuark +GQuark nm_setting_cdma_error_quark () @@ -91,7 +91,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -100,24 +100,24 @@ +gchar * +gchar * - + +gchar * @@ -126,7 +126,7 @@

Types and Values

-
-gchar * number Read / Write
-gchar * password Read / Write
guintguint password-flags Read / Write
-gchar * username Read / Write
+
@@ -167,7 +167,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

    GEnum
     ╰── NMSettingCdmaError
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingCdma
@@ -187,7 +187,7 @@ networks, including those using CDMA2000/EVDO technology.

Functions

nm_setting_cdma_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_setting_cdma_error_quark (void);

 
Registers an error quark for NMSettingCdma if necessary.

 

@@ -213,7 +213,7 @@ nm_setting_cdma_new (void<
 nm_setting_cdma_get_number (NMSettingCdma *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -238,7 +238,7 @@ nm_setting_cdma_get_number (NMSettingCdma *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -263,7 +263,7 @@ nm_setting_cdma_get_username (NMSettingCdma *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -288,7 +288,7 @@ nm_setting_cdma_get_password (NMSettingCdma *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -319,7 +319,7 @@ nm_setting_cdma_get_password_flags (

enum NMSettingCdmaError

Members

-
+
@@ -395,7 +395,7 @@ is missing in the connection

Property Details

The “number” property

-
  “number”                   gchar *
+
  “number”                   gchar *

The number to dial to establish the connection to the CDMA-based mobile broadband network, if any. If not specified, the default number (777) is used when required.

@@ -405,7 +405,7 @@ is used when required.

The “password” property

-
  “password”                 gchar *
+
  “password”                 gchar *

The password used to authenticate with the network, if required. Many providers do not require a password, or accept any password. But if a password is required, it is specified here.

@@ -415,7 +415,7 @@ password is required, it is specified here.

The “password-flags” property

-
  “password-flags”           guint
+
  “password-flags”           guint

Flags indicating how to handle the “password” property.

Flags: Read / Write

Allowed values: <= 7

@@ -424,7 +424,7 @@ password is required, it is specified here.

The “username” property

-
  “username”                 gchar *
+
  “username”                 gchar *

The username used to authenticate with the network, if required. Many providers do not require a username, or accept any username. But if a username is required, it is specified here.

diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingConnection.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingConnection.html index 04478293..e1bc30de 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingConnection.html +++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingConnection.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMSettingConnection: libnm-util Reference Manual - + @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
-GQuark +GQuark nm_setting_connection_error_quark () @@ -87,7 +87,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_connection_get_autoconnect () @@ -95,7 +95,7 @@
-guint64 +guint64 nm_setting_connection_get_timestamp () @@ -103,7 +103,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_connection_get_read_only () @@ -111,7 +111,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_connection_get_num_permissions () @@ -119,7 +119,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_connection_get_permission () @@ -134,7 +134,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_connection_permissions_user_allowed () @@ -142,7 +142,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_connection_add_permission () @@ -158,7 +158,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_connection_remove_permission_by_value () @@ -173,7 +173,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_connection_is_slave_type () @@ -188,7 +188,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_connection_get_num_secondaries () @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_connection_add_secondary () @@ -219,7 +219,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_connection_remove_secondary_by_value () @@ -227,7 +227,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_connection_get_gateway_ping_timeout () @@ -238,7 +238,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -246,30 +246,30 @@ - + - + +gchar * +gchar * +gchar * @@ -280,7 +280,7 @@ - + @@ -292,30 +292,30 @@ +gchar * - + +gchar * +gchar * +gchar * @@ -324,7 +324,7 @@

Types and Values

-
gbooleangboolean autoconnect Read / Write / Construct
guintguint gateway-ping-timeout Read / Write / Construct
-gchar * id Read / Write
-gchar * interface-name Read / Write
-gchar * master Read / Write
Read / Write
gbooleangboolean read-only Read / Write / Construct
-gchar * slave-type Read / Write
guint64guint64 timestamp Read / Write / Construct
-gchar * type Read / Write
-gchar * uuid Read / Write
-gchar * zone Read / Write / Construct
+
@@ -405,7 +405,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

    GEnum
     ╰── NMSettingConnectionError
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingConnection
@@ -426,7 +426,7 @@ a

Functions

nm_setting_connection_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_setting_connection_error_quark (void);

 
Registers an error quark for NMSettingConnection if necessary.

 

@@ -453,7 +453,7 @@ nm_setting_connection_get_id (“id” property of the connection.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -479,7 +479,7 @@ nm_setting_connection_get_uuid (Returns the “uuid” property of the connection.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -506,7 +506,7 @@ nm_setting_connection_get_interface_name

Returns the “interface-name” property of the connection.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -534,7 +534,7 @@ nm_setting_connection_get_connection_type

Returns the “type” property of the connection.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -555,12 +555,12 @@ nm_setting_connection_get_connection_type

nm_setting_connection_get_autoconnect ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_connection_get_autoconnect (NMSettingConnection *setting);

 
Returns the “autoconnect” property of the connection.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -581,12 +581,12 @@ nm_setting_connection_get_autoconnect (

nm_setting_connection_get_timestamp ()

-
guint64
+
guint64
 nm_setting_connection_get_timestamp (NMSettingConnection *setting);

 
Returns the “timestamp” property of the connection.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -607,12 +607,12 @@ nm_setting_connection_get_timestamp (

nm_setting_connection_get_read_only ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_connection_get_read_only (NMSettingConnection *setting);

 
Returns the “read-only” property of the connection.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -627,20 +627,20 @@ nm_setting_connection_get_read_only (

Returns

-

TRUE if the connection is read-only, FALSE if it is not

+

TRUE if the connection is read-only, FALSE if it is not

nm_setting_connection_get_num_permissions ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_connection_get_num_permissions
                                (NMSettingConnection *setting);

 
Returns the number of entires in the “permissions”
 property of this setting.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -661,9 +661,9 @@ property of this setting.

nm_setting_connection_get_permission ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_connection_get_permission (NMSettingConnection *setting,
-                                      guint32 idx,
+                                      guint32 idx,
                                       const char **out_ptype,
                                       const char **out_pitem,
                                       const char **out_detail);

@@ -671,7 +671,7 @@ nm_setting_connection_get_permission (
 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -702,7 +702,7 @@ of this setting.

 - + @@ -710,7 +710,7 @@ of this setting.

Returns

-

TRUE if a permission was returned, FALSE if idx +

TRUE if a permission was returned, FALSE if idx was invalid

@@ -722,7 +722,7 @@ nm_setting_connection_get_zone (Returns the “zone” property of the connection.

Parameters

-

out_detail

on return, the permission detail (at this time, always NULL)

on return, the permission detail (at this time, always NULL)

  
+
@@ -743,14 +743,14 @@ nm_setting_connection_get_zone (

nm_setting_connection_permissions_user_allowed ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_connection_permissions_user_allowed
                                (NMSettingConnection *setting,
                                 const char *uname);

 
Checks whether the given username is allowed to view/access this connection.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -772,14 +772,14 @@ nm_setting_connection_permissions_user_allowed

Returns

-

TRUE if the requested user is allowed to view this connection, -FALSE if the given user is not allowed to view this connection

+

TRUE if the requested user is allowed to view this connection, +FALSE if the given user is not allowed to view this connection

nm_setting_connection_add_permission ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_connection_add_permission (NMSettingConnection *setting,
                                       const char *ptype,
                                       const char *pitem,
@@ -790,7 +790,7 @@ the "user" permission type is supported, and pitem“permissions”: for more details.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -815,7 +815,7 @@ the "user" permission type is supported, and pitem - + @@ -823,8 +823,8 @@ the "user" permission type is supported, and pitem

Returns

-

TRUE if the permission was unique and was successfully added to the -list, FALSE if ptype +

TRUE if the permission was unique and was successfully added to the +list, FALSE if ptype or pitem was invalid or it the permission was already present in the list

@@ -836,12 +836,12 @@ present in the list

void
 nm_setting_connection_remove_permission
                                (NMSettingConnection *setting,
-                                guint32 idx);
+ guint32 idx);

Removes the permission at index idx from the connection.

Parameters

-

detail

unused at this time; must be NULL.

unused at this time; must be NULL.

[allow-none]
+
@@ -865,7 +865,7 @@ nm_setting_connection_remove_permission

nm_setting_connection_remove_permission_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_connection_remove_permission_by_value
                                (NMSettingConnection *setting,
                                 const char *ptype,
@@ -877,7 +877,7 @@ At this time, only the "user" permission type is supported, and “permissions”: for more details.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -902,7 +902,7 @@ be a username. See

detail

- + @@ -910,7 +910,7 @@ be a username. See

Returns

-

TRUE if the permission was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+

TRUE if the permission was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

Since: 0.9.10

@@ -922,7 +922,7 @@ nm_setting_connection_get_master (Returns the “master” property of the connection.

Parameters

-

unused at this time; must be NULL.

unused at this time; must be NULL.

[allow-none]
+
@@ -944,12 +944,12 @@ connection.

nm_setting_connection_is_slave_type ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_connection_is_slave_type (NMSettingConnection *setting,
                                      const char *type);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -973,7 +973,7 @@ against setting

Returns

-

TRUE if connection is of the given slave type +

TRUE if connection is of the given slave type

@@ -985,7 +985,7 @@ nm_setting_connection_get_slave_type (“slave-type” property of the connection.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1006,12 +1006,12 @@ nm_setting_connection_get_slave_type (

nm_setting_connection_get_num_secondaries ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_connection_get_num_secondaries
                                (NMSettingConnection *setting);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -1035,10 +1035,10 @@ nm_setting_connection_get_num_secondaries

nm_setting_connection_get_secondary ()

const char *
 nm_setting_connection_get_secondary (NMSettingConnection *setting,
-                                     guint32 idx);
+ guint32 idx);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1068,13 +1068,13 @@ nm_setting_connection_get_secondary (

nm_setting_connection_add_secondary ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_connection_add_secondary (NMSettingConnection *setting,
                                      const char *sec_uuid);

 
Adds a new secondary connetion UUID to the setting.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -1096,7 +1096,7 @@ nm_setting_connection_add_secondary (

Returns

-

TRUE if the secondary connection UUID was added; FALSE if the UUID +

TRUE if the secondary connection UUID was added; FALSE if the UUID was already present

Since: 0.9.8

@@ -1107,12 +1107,12 @@ was already present

void
 nm_setting_connection_remove_secondary
                                (NMSettingConnection *setting,
-                                guint32 idx);
+ guint32 idx);

Removes the secondary coonnection UUID at index idx .

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1137,7 +1137,7 @@ nm_setting_connection_remove_secondary

nm_setting_connection_remove_secondary_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_connection_remove_secondary_by_value
                                (NMSettingConnection *setting,
                                 const char *sec_uuid);

@@ -1145,7 +1145,7 @@ nm_setting_connection_remove_secondary_by_value
 .

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -1167,19 +1167,19 @@ nm_setting_connection_remove_secondary_by_value

Returns

-

TRUE if the secondary connection UUID was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+

TRUE if the secondary connection UUID was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

Since: 0.9.10

nm_setting_connection_get_gateway_ping_timeout ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_connection_get_gateway_ping_timeout
                                (NMSettingConnection *setting);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -1214,7 +1214,7 @@ property.

NMSettingConnection.

Members

-
+
@@ -1361,10 +1361,10 @@ It should only be accessed through the functions described below.

Property Details

The “autoconnect” property

-
  “autoconnect”              gboolean
+
  “autoconnect”              gboolean

Whether or not the connection should be automatically connected by NetworkManager when the resources for the connection are available. -TRUE to automatically activate the connection, FALSE to require manual +TRUE to automatically activate the connection, FALSE to require manual intervention to activate the connection.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

Default value: TRUE

@@ -1372,7 +1372,7 @@ intervention to activate the connection.

The “gateway-ping-timeout” property

-
  “gateway-ping-timeout”     guint
+
  “gateway-ping-timeout”     guint

If greater than zero, delay success of IP addressing until either the timeout is reached, or an IP gateway replies to a ping.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -1383,7 +1383,7 @@ timeout is reached, or an IP gateway replies to a ping.

The “id” property

-
  “id”                       gchar *
+
  “id”                       gchar *

A human readable unique identifier for the connection, like "Work Wi-Fi" or "T-Mobile 3G".

Flags: Read / Write

@@ -1392,7 +1392,7 @@ or "T-Mobile 3G".

The “interface-name” property

-
  “interface-name”           gchar *
+
  “interface-name”           gchar *

The name of the network interface this connection is bound to. If not set, then the connection can be attached to any interface of the appropriate type (subject to restrictions imposed by other settings).

@@ -1409,7 +1409,7 @@ connection may be applied to the wrong interface.

The “master” property

-
  “master”                   gchar *
+
  “master”                   gchar *

Interface name of the master device or UUID of the master connection.

Flags: Read / Write

Default value: NULL

@@ -1419,7 +1419,7 @@ connection may be applied to the wrong interface.

The “permissions” property

  “permissions”              GSList_gchararray_ *

An array of strings defining what access a given user has to this -connection. If this is NULL or empty, all users are allowed to access +connection. If this is NULL or empty, all users are allowed to access this connection. Otherwise a user is allowed to access this connection if and only if they are in this list. Each entry is of the form "[type]:[id]:[reserved]"; for example, "user:dcbw:blah".

@@ -1433,9 +1433,9 @@ use. All of [type], [id], and [reserved] must be valid UTF-8.

The “read-only” property

-
  “read-only”                gboolean
-

FALSE if the connection can be modified using the provided settings -service's D-Bus interface with the right privileges, or TRUE if the +

  “read-only”                gboolean
+

FALSE if the connection can be modified using the provided settings +service's D-Bus interface with the right privileges, or TRUE if the connection is read-only and cannot be modified.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

Default value: FALSE

@@ -1453,9 +1453,9 @@ supported.

The “slave-type” property

-
  “slave-type”               gchar *
+
  “slave-type”               gchar *

Setting name of the device type of this slave's master connection (eg, -NM_SETTING_BOND_SETTING_NAME), or NULL if this connection is not a +NM_SETTING_BOND_SETTING_NAME), or NULL if this connection is not a slave.

Flags: Read / Write

Default value: NULL

@@ -1463,7 +1463,7 @@ slave.

The “timestamp” property

-
  “timestamp”                guint64
+
  “timestamp”                guint64

The time, in seconds since the Unix Epoch, that the connection was last _successfully_ fully activated.

NetworkManager updates the connection timestamp periodically when the @@ -1476,7 +1476,7 @@ property will not be preserved).

The “type” property

-
  “type”                     gchar *
+
  “type”                     gchar *

Base type of the connection. For hardware-dependent connections, should contain the setting name of the hardware-type specific setting (ie, "802-3-ethernet" or "802-11-wireless" or "bluetooth", etc), and for @@ -1488,7 +1488,7 @@ the setting name of that setting type (ie, "vpn" or "bridge", etc).

The “uuid” property

-
  “uuid”                     gchar *
+
  “uuid”                     gchar *

A universally unique identifier for the connection, for example generated with libuuid. It should be assigned when the connection is created, and never changed as long as the connection still applies to the same @@ -1506,9 +1506,9 @@ be generated by

The “zone” property

-
  “zone”                     gchar *
+
  “zone”                     gchar *

The trust level of a the connection. Free form case-insensitive string -(for example "Home", "Work", "Public"). NULL or unspecified zone means +(for example "Home", "Work", "Public"). NULL or unspecified zone means the connection will be placed in the default zone as defined by the firewall.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingDcb.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingDcb.html index 3d6cafb3..896cdfcf 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingDcb.html +++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingDcb.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMSettingDcb: libnm-util Reference Manual - + @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
-GQuark +GQuark nm_setting_dcb_error_quark () @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@
-gint +gint nm_setting_dcb_get_app_fcoe_priority () @@ -90,7 +90,7 @@
-gint +gint nm_setting_dcb_get_app_iscsi_priority () @@ -106,7 +106,7 @@
-gint +gint nm_setting_dcb_get_app_fip_priority () @@ -122,7 +122,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_flow_control () @@ -146,7 +146,7 @@
-guint +guint nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_group_id () @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@
-guint +guint nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_group_bandwidth () @@ -178,7 +178,7 @@
-guint +guint nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_bandwidth () @@ -194,7 +194,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_strict_bandwidth () @@ -210,7 +210,7 @@
-guint +guint nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_traffic_class () @@ -229,7 +229,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -237,38 +237,38 @@ - + +gchar * - + - + - + - + - + @@ -285,7 +285,7 @@ - + @@ -296,7 +296,7 @@ - + @@ -323,7 +323,7 @@

Types and Values

-
guintguint app-fcoe-flags Read / Write
-gchar * app-fcoe-mode Read / Write / Construct
gintgint app-fcoe-priority Read / Write / Construct
guintguint app-fip-flags Read / Write
gintgint app-fip-priority Read / Write / Construct
guintguint app-iscsi-flags Read / Write
gintgint app-iscsi-priority Read / Write / Construct
Read / Write
guintguint priority-flow-control-flags Read / Write
Read / Write
guintguint priority-group-flags Read / Write
+
@@ -421,7 +421,7 @@ 
    GEnum
     ├── NMSettingDcbError
     ╰── NMSettingDcbFlags
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingDcb
@@ -443,7 +443,7 @@ of storage technologies like Fibre Channel over Ethernet (FCoE) and iSCSI.

Functions

nm_setting_dcb_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_setting_dcb_error_quark (void);

 
Registers an error quark for NMSettingDcb if necessary.

 

@@ -472,7 +472,7 @@ nm_setting_dcb_new (voidNMSettingDcb *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -494,11 +494,11 @@ nm_setting_dcb_get_app_fcoe_flags (

nm_setting_dcb_get_app_fcoe_priority ()

-
gint
+
gint
 nm_setting_dcb_get_app_fcoe_priority (NMSettingDcb *setting);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -524,7 +524,7 @@ nm_setting_dcb_get_app_fcoe_priority (NMSettingDcb *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -550,7 +550,7 @@ nm_setting_dcb_get_app_fcoe_mode (NMSettingDcb *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -572,11 +572,11 @@ nm_setting_dcb_get_app_iscsi_flags (

nm_setting_dcb_get_app_iscsi_priority ()

-
gint
+
gint
 nm_setting_dcb_get_app_iscsi_priority (NMSettingDcb *setting);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -602,7 +602,7 @@ nm_setting_dcb_get_app_iscsi_priority (NMSettingDcb *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -624,11 +624,11 @@ nm_setting_dcb_get_app_fip_flags (

nm_setting_dcb_get_app_fip_priority ()

-
gint
+
gint
 nm_setting_dcb_get_app_fip_priority (NMSettingDcb *setting);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -655,7 +655,7 @@ nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_flow_control_flags (NMSettingDcb *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -677,13 +677,13 @@ nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_flow_control_flags

nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_flow_control ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_flow_control
                                (NMSettingDcb *setting,
-                                guint user_priority);

+                                guint user_priority);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -705,9 +705,9 @@ nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_flow_control

Returns

-

TRUE if flow control is enabled for the given user_priority +

TRUE if flow control is enabled for the given user_priority , -FALSE if not enabled

+FALSE if not enabled

Since: 0.9.10

@@ -717,13 +717,13 @@ nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_flow_control 
void
 nm_setting_dcb_set_priority_flow_control
                                (NMSettingDcb *setting,
-                                guint user_priority,
-                                gboolean enabled);
+ guint user_priority, + gboolean enabled);

These values are only valid when “priority-flow-control” includes the NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE flag.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -742,7 +742,7 @@ the - + @@ -758,7 +758,7 @@ nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_group_flags (NMSettingDcb *setting);

Parameters

-

enabled

TRUE to enable flow control for this priority, FALSE to disable it

TRUE to enable flow control for this priority, FALSE to disable it

  
+
@@ -780,12 +780,12 @@ nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_group_flags

nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_group_id ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_group_id (NMSettingDcb *setting,
-                                      guint user_priority);

+                                      guint user_priority);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -819,13 +819,13 @@ only valid when

nm_setting_dcb_set_priority_group_id ()

void
 nm_setting_dcb_set_priority_group_id (NMSettingDcb *setting,
-                                      guint user_priority,
-                                      guint group_id);
+ guint user_priority, + guint group_id);

These values are only valid when “priority-group-flags” includes the NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE flag.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -857,13 +857,13 @@ unrestricted group.

nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_group_bandwidth ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_group_bandwidth
                                (NMSettingDcb *setting,
-                                guint group_id);

+                                guint group_id);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -898,13 +898,13 @@ only valid when void nm_setting_dcb_set_priority_group_bandwidth (NMSettingDcb *setting, - guint group_id, - guint bandwidth_percent); + guint group_id, + guint bandwidth_percent);

These values are only valid when “priority-group-flags” includes the NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE flag.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -935,12 +935,12 @@ to

nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_bandwidth ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_bandwidth (NMSettingDcb *setting,
-                                       guint user_priority);

+                                       guint user_priority);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -974,13 +974,13 @@ These values are only valid when

nm_setting_dcb_set_priority_bandwidth ()

void
 nm_setting_dcb_set_priority_bandwidth (NMSettingDcb *setting,
-                                       guint user_priority,
-                                       guint bandwidth_percent);
+ guint user_priority, + guint bandwidth_percent);

These values are only valid when “priority-group-flags” includes the NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE flag.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1012,13 +1012,13 @@ allowed to use within its priority group

nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_strict_bandwidth ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_strict_bandwidth
                                (NMSettingDcb *setting,
-                                guint user_priority);

+                                guint user_priority);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1040,9 +1040,9 @@ nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_strict_bandwidth

Returns

-

TRUE if user_priority +

TRUE if user_priority may use all of the bandwidth allocated to its -assigned group, or FALSE if not. These values are only valid when +assigned group, or FALSE if not. These values are only valid when “priority-group-flags” includes the NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE flag.

Since: 0.9.10

@@ -1053,13 +1053,13 @@ assigned group, or void nm_setting_dcb_set_priority_strict_bandwidth (NMSettingDcb *setting, - guint user_priority, - gboolean strict); + guint user_priority, + gboolean strict);

These values are only valid when “priority-group-flags” includes the NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE flag.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1078,9 +1078,9 @@ the - +its priority group, or FALSE if not

 @@ -1091,13 +1091,13 @@ its priority group, or

nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_traffic_class ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_traffic_class
                                (NMSettingDcb *setting,
-                                guint user_priority);

+                                guint user_priority);

Parameters

-

strict

TRUE to allow user_priority +

TRUE to allow user_priority to use all the bandwidth allocated to -its priority group, or FALSE if not

 
+
@@ -1132,8 +1132,8 @@ valid when void nm_setting_dcb_set_priority_traffic_class (NMSettingDcb *setting, - guint user_priority, - guint traffic_class); + guint user_priority, + guint traffic_class);
@@ -1148,7 +1148,7 @@ nm_setting_dcb_set_priority_traffic_class

enum NMSettingDcbError

Members

-
+
@@ -1193,7 +1193,7 @@ required

DCB feature flags.

Members

-
+
@@ -1345,7 +1345,7 @@ peer configuration advertisements

Property Details

The “app-fcoe-flags” property

-
  “app-fcoe-flags”           guint
+
  “app-fcoe-flags”           guint

Specifies the NMSettingDcbFlags for the DCB FCoE application. Flags may be any combination of NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE, NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ADVERTISE, and NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_WILLING.

@@ -1357,7 +1357,7 @@ be any combination of

The “app-fcoe-mode” property

-
  “app-fcoe-mode”            gchar *
+
  “app-fcoe-mode”            gchar *

The FCoE controller mode; either NM_SETTING_DCB_FCOE_MODE_FABRIC (default) or NM_SETTING_DCB_FCOE_MODE_VN2VN.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -1367,7 +1367,7 @@ be any combination of

The “app-fcoe-priority” property

-
  “app-fcoe-priority”        gint
+
  “app-fcoe-priority”        gint

The highest User Priority (0 - 7) which FCoE frames should use, or -1 for default priority. Only used when the “app-fcoe-flags” property includes the NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE flag.

@@ -1379,7 +1379,7 @@ property includes the

The “app-fip-flags” property

-
  “app-fip-flags”            guint
+
  “app-fip-flags”            guint

Specifies the NMSettingDcbFlags for the DCB FIP application. Flags may be any combination of NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE, NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ADVERTISE, and NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_WILLING.

@@ -1391,7 +1391,7 @@ be any combination of

The “app-fip-priority” property

-
  “app-fip-priority”         gint
+
  “app-fip-priority”         gint

The highest User Priority (0 - 7) which FIP frames should use, or -1 for default priority. Only used when the “app-fip-flags” property includes the NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE flag.

@@ -1403,7 +1403,7 @@ property includes the

The “app-iscsi-flags” property

-
  “app-iscsi-flags”          guint
+
  “app-iscsi-flags”          guint

Specifies the NMSettingDcbFlags for the DCB iSCSI application. Flags may be any combination of NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE, NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ADVERTISE, and NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_WILLING.

@@ -1415,7 +1415,7 @@ may be any combination of

The “app-iscsi-priority” property

-
  “app-iscsi-priority”       gint
+
  “app-iscsi-priority”       gint

The highest User Priority (0 - 7) which iSCSI frames should use, or -1 for default priority. Only used when the “app-iscsi-flags” property includes the NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE flag.

@@ -1450,7 +1450,7 @@ transmit pause) and 1 (transmit pause).

The “priority-flow-control-flags” property

-
  “priority-flow-control-flags” guint
+
  “priority-flow-control-flags” guint

Specifies the NMSettingDcbFlags for DCB Priority Flow Control (PFC). Flags may be any combination of NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE, NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ADVERTISE, and NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_WILLING.

@@ -1473,7 +1473,7 @@ sum of all values must total 100 percent.

The “priority-group-flags” property

-
  “priority-group-flags”     guint
+
  “priority-group-flags”     guint

Specifies the NMSettingDcbFlags for DCB Priority Groups. Flags may be any combination of NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE, NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ADVERTISE, and NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_WILLING.

diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingGeneric.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingGeneric.html index 4fb145d3..3c50a5ac 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingGeneric.html +++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingGeneric.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMSettingGeneric: libnm-util Reference Manual - + @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@
-GQuark +GQuark nm_setting_generic_error_quark () @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@

Types and Values

-
+
@@ -86,7 +86,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

    GEnum
     ╰── NMSettingGenericError
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingGeneric
@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ the "connection type" setting on

Functions

nm_setting_generic_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_setting_generic_error_quark (void);

 
Registers an error quark for NMSettingGeneric if necessary.

 

@@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ nm_setting_generic_new (void
enum NMSettingGenericError

 

 
Members

-
+
diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingGsm.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingGsm.html index f31cfe90..4a9398bd 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingGsm.html +++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingGsm.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMSettingGsm: libnm-util Reference Manual - + @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
-GQuark +GQuark nm_setting_gsm_error_quark () @@ -101,7 +101,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_gsm_get_home_only () @@ -133,7 +133,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_gsm_get_allowed_bands () @@ -144,7 +144,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -152,63 +152,63 @@ - + +gchar * - + +gchar * - + +gchar * +gchar * - + +gchar * - + +gchar * @@ -217,7 +217,7 @@

Types and Values

-
guintguint allowed-bands Read / Write / Construct
-gchar * apn Read / Write
gbooleangboolean home-only Read / Write
-gchar * network-id Read / Write
gintgint network-type Read / Write / Construct
-gchar * number Read / Write
-gchar * password Read / Write
guintguint password-flags Read / Write
-gchar * pin Read / Write
guintguint pin-flags Read / Write
-gchar * username Read / Write
+
@@ -300,7 +300,7 @@ ├── NMSettingGsmError ├── NMSettingGsmNetworkBand ╰── NMSettingGsmNetworkType - GObject + GObject╰──NMSetting╰── NMSettingGsm @@ -320,7 +320,7 @@ networks, including those using GPRS/EDGE and UMTS/HSPA technology.

Functions

nm_setting_gsm_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_setting_gsm_error_quark (void);

 
Registers an error quark for NMSettingGsm if necessary.

 

@@ -346,7 +346,7 @@ nm_setting_gsm_new (voidNMSettingGsm *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -371,7 +371,7 @@ nm_setting_gsm_get_number (NMSettingGsm *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -396,7 +396,7 @@ nm_setting_gsm_get_username (NMSettingGsm *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -421,7 +421,7 @@ nm_setting_gsm_get_password (NMSettingGsm *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -446,7 +446,7 @@ nm_setting_gsm_get_apn (NMSettingGsm *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -471,7 +471,7 @@ nm_setting_gsm_get_network_id (NMSettingGsm *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -492,11 +492,11 @@ nm_setting_gsm_get_pin (

nm_setting_gsm_get_home_only ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_gsm_get_home_only (NMSettingGsm *setting);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -521,7 +521,7 @@ nm_setting_gsm_get_home_only (NMSettingGsm *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -546,7 +546,7 @@ nm_setting_gsm_get_pin_flags (NMSettingGsm *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -575,7 +575,7 @@ nm_setting_gsm_get_network_type (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -596,7 +596,7 @@ nm_setting_gsm_get_network_type (

nm_setting_gsm_get_allowed_bands ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_gsm_get_allowed_bands (NMSettingGsm *setting);

 

 
nm_setting_gsm_get_allowed_bands has been deprecated since version 0.9.10 and should not be used in newly-written code.

@@ -604,7 +604,7 @@ nm_setting_gsm_get_allowed_bands (
 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -635,7 +635,7 @@ nm_setting_gsm_get_allowed_bands (

enum NMSettingGsmError

Members

-
+
@@ -759,7 +759,7 @@ is missing in the connection

the device may use when connecting to this network.

Members

-
+
@@ -836,7 +836,7 @@ technologies may be used

the device may use when connecting to this network.

Members

-
+
@@ -968,7 +968,7 @@ as the allowed frequency bands (

Property Details

The “allowed-bands” property

-
  “allowed-bands”            guint
+
  “allowed-bands”            guint

Bitfield of allowed frequency bands. Note that not all devices allow frequency band control. Permitted values are those specified by NMSettingGsmNetworkBand.

@@ -984,7 +984,7 @@ talking to ModemManager directly.

The “apn” property

-
  “apn”                      gchar *
+
  “apn”                      gchar *

The GPRS Access Point Name specifying the APN used when establishing a data session with the GSM-based network. The APN often determines how the user will be billed for their network usage and whether the user has @@ -998,8 +998,8 @@ The APN may only be composed of the characters a-z, 0-9, ., and - per GSM

The “home-only” property

-
  “home-only”                gboolean
-

When TRUE, only connections to the home network will be allowed. +

  “home-only”                gboolean
+

When TRUE, only connections to the home network will be allowed. Connections to roaming networks will not be made.

Flags: Read / Write

Default value: FALSE

@@ -1007,7 +1007,7 @@ Connections to roaming networks will not be made.

The “network-id” property

-
  “network-id”               gchar *
+
  “network-id”               gchar *

The Network ID (GSM LAI format, ie MCC-MNC) to force specific network registration. If the Network ID is specified, NetworkManager will attempt to force the device to register only on the specified network. @@ -1019,7 +1019,7 @@ roaming control of the device is not otherwise possible.

The “network-type” property

-
  “network-type”             gint
+
  “network-type”             gint

Network preference to force the device to only use specific network technologies. The permitted values are NM_SETTING_GSM_NETWORK_TYPE_ANY, NM_SETTING_GSM_NETWORK_TYPE_UMTS_HSPA, @@ -1041,7 +1041,7 @@ by talking to ModemManager directly.

The “number” property

-
  “number”                   gchar *
+
  “number”                   gchar *

Number to dial when establishing a PPP data session with the GSM-based mobile broadband network. Many modems do not require PPP for connections to the mobile network and thus this property should be left blank, which @@ -1052,7 +1052,7 @@ allows NetworkManager to select the appropriate settings automatically.

The “password” property

-
  “password”                 gchar *
+
  “password”                 gchar *

The password used to authenticate with the network, if required. Many providers do not require a password, or accept any password. But if a password is required, it is specified here.

@@ -1062,7 +1062,7 @@ password is required, it is specified here.

The “password-flags” property

-
  “password-flags”           guint
+
  “password-flags”           guint

Flags indicating how to handle the “password” property.

Flags: Read / Write

Allowed values: <= 7

@@ -1071,7 +1071,7 @@ password is required, it is specified here.

The “pin” property

-
  “pin”                      gchar *
+
  “pin”                      gchar *

If the SIM is locked with a PIN it must be unlocked before any other operations are requested. Specify the PIN here to allow operation of the device.

@@ -1081,7 +1081,7 @@ device.

The “pin-flags” property

-
  “pin-flags”                guint
+
  “pin-flags”                guint

Flags indicating how to handle the “pin” property.

Flags: Read / Write

Allowed values: <= 7

@@ -1090,7 +1090,7 @@ device.

The “username” property

-
  “username”                 gchar *
+
  “username”                 gchar *

The username used to authenticate with the network, if required. Many providers do not require a username, or accept any username. But if a username is required, it is specified here.

diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingIP4Config.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingIP4Config.html index a07a6d0a..f549179d 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingIP4Config.html +++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingIP4Config.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMSettingIP4Config: libnm-util Reference Manual - + @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
-GQuark +GQuark nm_setting_ip4_config_error_quark () @@ -83,7 +83,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_ip4_address_compare () @@ -91,7 +91,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_ip4_address_get_address () @@ -107,7 +107,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_ip4_address_get_prefix () @@ -123,7 +123,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_ip4_address_get_gateway () @@ -171,7 +171,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_ip4_route_compare () @@ -179,7 +179,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_ip4_route_get_dest () @@ -195,7 +195,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_ip4_route_get_prefix () @@ -211,7 +211,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_ip4_route_get_next_hop () @@ -227,7 +227,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_ip4_route_get_metric () @@ -258,7 +258,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_ip4_config_get_num_dns () @@ -266,7 +266,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_ip4_config_get_dns () @@ -274,7 +274,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ip4_config_add_dns () @@ -290,7 +290,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ip4_config_remove_dns_by_value () @@ -306,7 +306,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_ip4_config_get_num_dns_searches () @@ -321,7 +321,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ip4_config_add_dns_search () @@ -337,7 +337,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ip4_config_remove_dns_search_by_value () @@ -353,7 +353,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_ip4_config_get_num_addresses () @@ -369,7 +369,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ip4_config_add_address () @@ -385,7 +385,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ip4_config_remove_address_by_value () @@ -401,7 +401,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_ip4_config_get_num_routes () @@ -417,7 +417,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ip4_config_add_route () @@ -433,7 +433,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ip4_config_remove_route_by_value () @@ -449,7 +449,7 @@
-gint64 +gint64 nm_setting_ip4_config_get_route_metric () @@ -457,7 +457,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ip4_config_get_ignore_auto_routes () @@ -465,7 +465,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ip4_config_get_ignore_auto_dns () @@ -480,7 +480,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ip4_config_get_dhcp_send_hostname () @@ -503,7 +503,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ip4_config_get_never_default () @@ -511,7 +511,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ip4_config_get_may_fail () @@ -522,7 +522,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -537,23 +537,23 @@ +gchar * +gchar * - + - + @@ -570,33 +570,33 @@ - + - + - + +gchar * - + - + @@ -611,7 +611,7 @@

Types and Values

-
-gchar * dhcp-client-id Read / Write
-gchar * dhcp-hostname Read / Write
gbooleangboolean dhcp-send-hostname Read / Write / Construct
guintguint dhcp-timeout Read / Write
Read / Write
gbooleangboolean ignore-auto-dns Read / Write / Construct
gbooleangboolean ignore-auto-routes Read / Write / Construct
gbooleangboolean may-fail Read / Write / Construct
-gchar * method Read / Write
gbooleangboolean never-default Read / Write / Construct
gint64gint64 route-metric Read / Write / Construct
+
@@ -715,7 +715,7 @@ ╰── NMIP4Route GEnum╰── NMSettingIP4ConfigError - GObject + GObject╰──NMSetting╰── NMSettingIP4Config @@ -734,7 +734,7 @@ properties related to IPv4 addressing, routing, and Domain Name Service

Functions

nm_setting_ip4_config_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_setting_ip4_config_error_quark (void);

 
Registers an error quark for NMSettingIP4Config if necessary.

 

@@ -762,7 +762,7 @@ nm_ip4_address_dup (NMIP4Address object and returns the copy.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -789,7 +789,7 @@ nm_ip4_address_ref (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -812,7 +812,7 @@ nm_ip4_address_unref (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -829,13 +829,13 @@ reaches zero, the object will be destroyed.

nm_ip4_address_compare ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_ip4_address_compare (NMIP4Address *address,
                         NMIP4Address *other);

 
Determines if two NMIP4Address objects contain the same values.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -858,18 +858,18 @@ to.

Returns

-

TRUE if the objects contain the same values, FALSE if they do not.

+

TRUE if the objects contain the same values, FALSE if they do not.

nm_ip4_address_get_address ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_ip4_address_get_address (NMIP4Address *address);

 
Gets the IPv4 address property of this address object.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -892,11 +892,11 @@ nm_ip4_address_get_address (

nm_ip4_address_set_address ()

void
 nm_ip4_address_set_address (NMIP4Address *address,
-                            guint32 addr);
+ guint32 addr);

Sets the IPv4 address property of this object.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -920,13 +920,13 @@ nm_ip4_address_set_address (

nm_ip4_address_get_prefix ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_ip4_address_get_prefix (NMIP4Address *address);

 
Gets the IPv4 address prefix (ie "24" or "30" etc) property of this address
 object.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -949,11 +949,11 @@ object.

nm_ip4_address_set_prefix ()

void
 nm_ip4_address_set_prefix (NMIP4Address *address,
-                           guint32 prefix);
+ guint32 prefix);

Sets the IPv4 address prefix.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -977,12 +977,12 @@ nm_ip4_address_set_prefix (

nm_ip4_address_get_gateway ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_ip4_address_get_gateway (NMIP4Address *address);

 
Gets the IPv4 default gateway property of this address object.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -1005,11 +1005,11 @@ nm_ip4_address_get_gateway (

nm_ip4_address_set_gateway ()

void
 nm_ip4_address_set_gateway (NMIP4Address *address,
-                            guint32 gateway);
+ guint32 gateway);

Sets the IPv4 default gateway property of this address object.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1050,7 +1050,7 @@ nm_ip4_route_dup (NMIP4Route object and returns the copy.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1077,7 +1077,7 @@ nm_ip4_route_ref (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1100,7 +1100,7 @@ nm_ip4_route_unref (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1117,13 +1117,13 @@ reaches zero, the object will be destroyed.

nm_ip4_route_compare ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_ip4_route_compare (NMIP4Route *route,
                       NMIP4Route *other);

 
Determines if two NMIP4Route objects contain the same values.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -1146,18 +1146,18 @@ to.

Returns

-

TRUE if the objects contain the same values, FALSE if they do not.

+

TRUE if the objects contain the same values, FALSE if they do not.

nm_ip4_route_get_dest ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_ip4_route_get_dest (NMIP4Route *route);

 
Gets the IPv4 destination address property of this route object.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -1180,11 +1180,11 @@ nm_ip4_route_get_dest (

nm_ip4_route_set_dest ()

void
 nm_ip4_route_set_dest (NMIP4Route *route,
-                       guint32 dest);
+ guint32 dest);

Sets the IPv4 destination address property of this route object.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1208,12 +1208,12 @@ nm_ip4_route_set_dest (

nm_ip4_route_get_prefix ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_ip4_route_get_prefix (NMIP4Route *route);

 
Gets the IPv4 prefix (ie "24" or "30" etc) of this route.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -1236,11 +1236,11 @@ nm_ip4_route_get_prefix (

nm_ip4_route_set_prefix ()

void
 nm_ip4_route_set_prefix (NMIP4Route *route,
-                         guint32 prefix);
+ guint32 prefix);

Sets the IPv4 prefix of this route.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1264,12 +1264,12 @@ nm_ip4_route_set_prefix (

nm_ip4_route_get_next_hop ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_ip4_route_get_next_hop (NMIP4Route *route);

 
Gets the IPv4 address of the next hop of this route.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -1292,11 +1292,11 @@ nm_ip4_route_get_next_hop (

nm_ip4_route_set_next_hop ()

void
 nm_ip4_route_set_next_hop (NMIP4Route *route,
-                           guint32 next_hop);
+ guint32 next_hop);

Sets the IPv4 address of the next hop of this route.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1320,13 +1320,13 @@ nm_ip4_route_set_next_hop (

nm_ip4_route_get_metric ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_ip4_route_get_metric (NMIP4Route *route);

 
Gets the route metric property of this route object; lower values indicate
 "better" or more preferred routes.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -1349,12 +1349,12 @@ nm_ip4_route_get_metric (

nm_ip4_route_set_metric ()

void
 nm_ip4_route_set_metric (NMIP4Route *route,
-                         guint32 metric);
+ guint32 metric);

Sets the route metric property of this route object; lower values indicate "better" or more preferred routes.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1394,7 +1394,7 @@ nm_setting_ip4_config_new (voidNMSettingIP4Config *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1415,11 +1415,11 @@ nm_setting_ip4_config_get_method (

nm_setting_ip4_config_get_num_dns ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_ip4_config_get_num_dns (NMSettingIP4Config *setting);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -1440,12 +1440,12 @@ nm_setting_ip4_config_get_num_dns (

nm_setting_ip4_config_get_dns ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_ip4_config_get_dns (NMSettingIP4Config *setting,
-                               guint32 i);

+                               guint32 i);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1475,13 +1475,13 @@ nm_setting_ip4_config_get_dns (

nm_setting_ip4_config_add_dns ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip4_config_add_dns (NMSettingIP4Config *setting,
-                               guint32 dns);

+                               guint32 dns);

Adds a new DNS server to the setting.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1503,7 +1503,7 @@ nm_setting_ip4_config_add_dns (

Returns

-

TRUE if the DNS server was added; FALSE if the server was already +

TRUE if the DNS server was added; FALSE if the server was already known

@@ -1512,12 +1512,12 @@ known

nm_setting_ip4_config_remove_dns ()

void
 nm_setting_ip4_config_remove_dns (NMSettingIP4Config *setting,
-                                  guint32 i);
+ guint32 i);

Removes the DNS server at index i .

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1541,15 +1541,15 @@ nm_setting_ip4_config_remove_dns (

nm_setting_ip4_config_remove_dns_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip4_config_remove_dns_by_value
                                (NMSettingIP4Config *setting,
-                                guint32 dns);

+                                guint32 dns);

Removes the DNS server dns .

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1571,7 +1571,7 @@ nm_setting_ip4_config_remove_dns_by_value

Returns

-

TRUE if the DNS server was found and removed; FALSE if it was not. +

TRUE if the DNS server was found and removed; FALSE if it was not. domain was already known

Since: 0.9.10

@@ -1584,7 +1584,7 @@ nm_setting_ip4_config_clear_dns (Removes all configured DNS servers.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1601,12 +1601,12 @@ nm_setting_ip4_config_clear_dns (

nm_setting_ip4_config_get_num_dns_searches ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_ip4_config_get_num_dns_searches
                                (NMSettingIP4Config *setting);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -1629,10 +1629,10 @@ nm_setting_ip4_config_get_num_dns_searches

nm_setting_ip4_config_get_dns_search ()

const char *
 nm_setting_ip4_config_get_dns_search (NMSettingIP4Config *setting,
-                                      guint32 i);
+ guint32 i);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1661,13 +1661,13 @@ nm_setting_ip4_config_get_dns_search (

nm_setting_ip4_config_add_dns_search ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip4_config_add_dns_search (NMSettingIP4Config *setting,
                                       const char *dns_search);

 
Adds a new DNS search domain to the setting.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -1689,7 +1689,7 @@ nm_setting_ip4_config_add_dns_search (

Returns

-

TRUE if the DNS search domain was added; FALSE if the search +

TRUE if the DNS search domain was added; FALSE if the search domain was already known

@@ -1699,12 +1699,12 @@ domain was already known

void
 nm_setting_ip4_config_remove_dns_search
                                (NMSettingIP4Config *setting,
-                                guint32 i);
+ guint32 i);

Removes the DNS search domain at index i .

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1728,7 +1728,7 @@ nm_setting_ip4_config_remove_dns_search

nm_setting_ip4_config_remove_dns_search_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip4_config_remove_dns_search_by_value
                                (NMSettingIP4Config *setting,
                                 const char *dns_search);

@@ -1736,7 +1736,7 @@ nm_setting_ip4_config_remove_dns_search_by_value
 .

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -1758,7 +1758,7 @@ nm_setting_ip4_config_remove_dns_search_by_value

Returns

-

TRUE if the DNS search domain was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+

TRUE if the DNS search domain was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

Since 0.9.10

@@ -1771,7 +1771,7 @@ nm_setting_ip4_config_clear_dns_searches

Removes all configured DNS search domains.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1788,12 +1788,12 @@ nm_setting_ip4_config_clear_dns_searches

nm_setting_ip4_config_get_num_addresses ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_ip4_config_get_num_addresses
                                (NMSettingIP4Config *setting);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -1816,10 +1816,10 @@ nm_setting_ip4_config_get_num_addresses

nm_setting_ip4_config_get_address ()

NMIP4Address *
 nm_setting_ip4_config_get_address (NMSettingIP4Config *setting,
-                                   guint32 i);
+ guint32 i);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1848,14 +1848,14 @@ nm_setting_ip4_config_get_address (

nm_setting_ip4_config_add_address ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip4_config_add_address (NMSettingIP4Config *setting,
                                    NMIP4Address *address);

 
Adds a new IPv4 address and associated information to the setting.  The
 given address is duplicated internally and is not changed by this function.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -1877,7 +1877,7 @@ given address is duplicated internally and is not changed by this function.

Returns

-

TRUE if the address was added; FALSE if the address was already +

TRUE if the address was added; FALSE if the address was already known.

@@ -1886,12 +1886,12 @@ known.

nm_setting_ip4_config_remove_address ()

void
 nm_setting_ip4_config_remove_address (NMSettingIP4Config *setting,
-                                      guint32 i);
+ guint32 i);

Removes the address at index i .

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1915,7 +1915,7 @@ nm_setting_ip4_config_remove_address (

nm_setting_ip4_config_remove_address_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip4_config_remove_address_by_value
                                (NMSettingIP4Config *setting,
                                 NMIP4Address *address);

@@ -1923,7 +1923,7 @@ nm_setting_ip4_config_remove_address_by_value
 .

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -1945,7 +1945,7 @@ nm_setting_ip4_config_remove_address_by_value

Returns

-

TRUE if the address was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+

TRUE if the address was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

Since: 0.9.10

@@ -1957,7 +1957,7 @@ nm_setting_ip4_config_clear_addresses (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1974,11 +1974,11 @@ nm_setting_ip4_config_clear_addresses (

nm_setting_ip4_config_get_num_routes ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_ip4_config_get_num_routes (NMSettingIP4Config *setting);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -2001,10 +2001,10 @@ nm_setting_ip4_config_get_num_routes (

nm_setting_ip4_config_get_route ()

NMIP4Route *
 nm_setting_ip4_config_get_route (NMSettingIP4Config *setting,
-                                 guint32 i);
+ guint32 i);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2033,14 +2033,14 @@ nm_setting_ip4_config_get_route (

nm_setting_ip4_config_add_route ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip4_config_add_route (NMSettingIP4Config *setting,
                                  NMIP4Route *route);

 
Adds a new IPv4 route and associated information to the setting.  The
 given route is duplicated internally and is not changed by this function.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -2062,7 +2062,7 @@ given route is duplicated internally and is not changed by this function.

Returns

-

TRUE if the route was added; FALSE if the route was already known.

+

TRUE if the route was added; FALSE if the route was already known.

@@ -2070,12 +2070,12 @@ given route is duplicated internally and is not changed by this function.

nm_setting_ip4_config_remove_route ()

void
 nm_setting_ip4_config_remove_route (NMSettingIP4Config *setting,
-                                    guint32 i);
+ guint32 i);

Removes the route at index i .

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2099,7 +2099,7 @@ nm_setting_ip4_config_remove_route (

nm_setting_ip4_config_remove_route_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip4_config_remove_route_by_value
                                (NMSettingIP4Config *setting,
                                 NMIP4Route *route);

@@ -2107,7 +2107,7 @@ nm_setting_ip4_config_remove_route_by_value
 .

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -2129,7 +2129,7 @@ nm_setting_ip4_config_remove_route_by_value

Returns

-

TRUE if the route was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+

TRUE if the route was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

Since: 0.9.10

@@ -2141,7 +2141,7 @@ nm_setting_ip4_config_clear_routes (Removes all configured routes.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2158,14 +2158,14 @@ nm_setting_ip4_config_clear_routes (

nm_setting_ip4_config_get_route_metric ()

-
gint64
+
gint64
 nm_setting_ip4_config_get_route_metric
                                (NMSettingIP4Config *setting);

 
Returns the value contained in the “route-metric”
 property.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -2188,14 +2188,14 @@ specify a metric. See

nm_setting_ip4_config_get_ignore_auto_routes ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip4_config_get_ignore_auto_routes
                                (NMSettingIP4Config *setting);

 
Returns the value contained in the “ignore-auto-routes”
 property.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -2210,21 +2210,21 @@ property.

Returns

-

TRUE if automatically configured (ie via DHCP) routes should be +

TRUE if automatically configured (ie via DHCP) routes should be ignored.

nm_setting_ip4_config_get_ignore_auto_dns ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip4_config_get_ignore_auto_dns
                                (NMSettingIP4Config *setting);

 
Returns the value contained in the “ignore-auto-dns”
 property.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -2239,7 +2239,7 @@ property.

Returns

-

TRUE if automatically configured (ie via DHCP) DNS information +

TRUE if automatically configured (ie via DHCP) DNS information should be ignored.

@@ -2253,7 +2253,7 @@ nm_setting_ip4_config_get_dhcp_client_id property.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2275,14 +2275,14 @@ addresses via DHCP.

nm_setting_ip4_config_get_dhcp_send_hostname ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip4_config_get_dhcp_send_hostname
                                (NMSettingIP4Config *setting);

 
Returns the value contained in the “dhcp-send-hostname”
 property.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -2297,7 +2297,7 @@ property.

Returns

-

TRUE if NetworkManager should send the machine hostname to the +

TRUE if NetworkManager should send the machine hostname to the DHCP server when requesting addresses to allow the server to automatically update DNS information for this machine.

@@ -2312,7 +2312,7 @@ nm_setting_ip4_config_get_dhcp_hostname property.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2340,7 +2340,7 @@ nm_setting_ip4_config_get_dhcp_timeout property.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2362,14 +2362,14 @@ fails or zero for "default".

nm_setting_ip4_config_get_never_default ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip4_config_get_never_default
                                (NMSettingIP4Config *setting);

 
Returns the value contained in the “never-default”
 property.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -2384,20 +2384,20 @@ property.

Returns

-

TRUE if this connection should never be the default connection +

TRUE if this connection should never be the default connection for IPv4 addressing

nm_setting_ip4_config_get_may_fail ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip4_config_get_may_fail (NMSettingIP4Config *setting);

 
Returns the value contained in the “may-fail”
 property.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -2412,7 +2412,7 @@ property.

Returns

-

TRUE if this connection doesn't require IPv4 addressing to complete +

TRUE if this connection doesn't require IPv4 addressing to complete for the connection to succeed.

@@ -2429,7 +2429,7 @@ for the connection to succeed.

enum NMSettingIP4ConfigError

Members

-
+
@@ -2623,7 +2623,7 @@ either automatic or disabled with these methods.

The “dhcp-client-id” property

-
  “dhcp-client-id”           gchar *
+
  “dhcp-client-id”           gchar *

A string sent to the DHCP server to identify the local machine which the DHCP server may use to customize the DHCP lease and options.

Flags: Read / Write

@@ -2632,8 +2632,8 @@ DHCP server may use to customize the DHCP lease and options.

The “dhcp-hostname” property

-
  “dhcp-hostname”            gchar *
-

If the “dhcp-send-hostname” property is TRUE, then the +

  “dhcp-hostname”            gchar *
+

If the “dhcp-send-hostname” property is TRUE, then the specified name will be sent to the DHCP server when acquiring a lease.

Flags: Read / Write

Default value: NULL

@@ -2641,19 +2641,19 @@ specified name will be sent to the DHCP server when acquiring a lease.

The “dhcp-send-hostname” property

-
  “dhcp-send-hostname”       gboolean
-

If TRUE, a hostname is sent to the DHCP server when acquiring a lease. +

  “dhcp-send-hostname”       gboolean
+

If TRUE, a hostname is sent to the DHCP server when acquiring a lease. Some DHCP servers use this hostname to update DNS databases, essentially providing a static hostname for the computer. If the “dhcp-hostname” property is empty and this property is -TRUE, the current persistent hostname of the computer is sent.

+TRUE, the current persistent hostname of the computer is sent.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

Default value: TRUE

The “dhcp-timeout” property

-
  “dhcp-timeout”             guint
+
  “dhcp-timeout”             guint

Number of seconds after which the unfinished DHCP transaction fails or zero for default.

Flags: Read / Write

@@ -2685,8 +2685,8 @@ are used as the only search domains for this connection.

The “ignore-auto-dns” property

-
  “ignore-auto-dns”          gboolean
-

When the method is set to "auto" and this property to TRUE, +

  “ignore-auto-dns”          gboolean
+

When the method is set to "auto" and this property to TRUE, automatically configured nameservers and search domains are ignored and only nameservers and search domains specified in the “dns” and “dns-search” properties, if @@ -2697,8 +2697,8 @@ any, are used.

The “ignore-auto-routes” property

-
  “ignore-auto-routes”       gboolean
-

When the method is set to "auto" and this property to TRUE, +

  “ignore-auto-routes”       gboolean
+

When the method is set to "auto" and this property to TRUE, automatically configured routes are ignored and only routes specified in the “routes” property, if any, are used.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -2707,11 +2707,11 @@ the

The “may-fail” property

-
  “may-fail”                 gboolean
-

If TRUE, allow overall network configuration to proceed even if IPv4 +

  “may-fail”                 gboolean
+

If TRUE, allow overall network configuration to proceed even if IPv4 configuration times out. Note that at least one IP configuration must succeed or overall network configuration will still fail. For example, -in IPv6-only networks, setting this property to TRUE allows the overall +in IPv6-only networks, setting this property to TRUE allows the overall network configuration to succeed if IPv4 configuration fails but IPv6 configuration completes successfully.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -2720,7 +2720,7 @@ configuration completes successfully.

The “method” property

-
  “method”                   gchar *
+
  “method”                   gchar *

IPv4 configuration method. If "auto" is specified then the appropriate automatic method (DHCP, PPP, etc) is used for the interface and most other properties can be left unset. If "link-local" is specified, then a @@ -2739,8 +2739,8 @@ This property must be set.

The “never-default” property

-
  “never-default”            gboolean
-

If TRUE, this connection will never be the default IPv4 connection, +

  “never-default”            gboolean
+

If TRUE, this connection will never be the default IPv4 connection, meaning it will never be assigned the default route by NetworkManager.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

Default value: FALSE

@@ -2748,7 +2748,7 @@ meaning it will never be assigned the default route by NetworkManager.

The “route-metric” property

-
  “route-metric”             gint64
+
  “route-metric”             gint64

The default metric for routes that don't explicitly specify a metric. The default value -1 means that the metric is choosen automatically based on the device type. diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingIP6Config.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingIP6Config.html index e1cbe0c8..a2c9d3a0 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingIP6Config.html +++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingIP6Config.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMSettingIP6Config: libnm-util Reference Manual - + @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
-GQuark +GQuark nm_setting_ip6_config_error_quark () @@ -83,7 +83,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_ip6_address_compare () @@ -106,7 +106,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_ip6_address_get_prefix () @@ -169,7 +169,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_ip6_route_compare () @@ -192,7 +192,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_ip6_route_get_prefix () @@ -223,7 +223,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_ip6_route_get_metric () @@ -254,7 +254,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_ip6_config_get_num_dns () @@ -269,7 +269,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ip6_config_add_dns () @@ -285,7 +285,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ip6_config_remove_dns_by_value () @@ -301,7 +301,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_ip6_config_get_num_dns_searches () @@ -316,7 +316,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ip6_config_add_dns_search () @@ -332,7 +332,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ip6_config_remove_dns_search_by_value () @@ -348,7 +348,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_ip6_config_get_num_addresses () @@ -364,7 +364,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ip6_config_add_address () @@ -380,7 +380,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ip6_config_remove_address_by_value () @@ -396,7 +396,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_ip6_config_get_num_routes () @@ -412,7 +412,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ip6_config_add_route () @@ -428,7 +428,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ip6_config_remove_route_by_value () @@ -444,7 +444,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ip6_config_get_ignore_auto_routes () @@ -452,7 +452,7 @@
-gint64 +gint64 nm_setting_ip6_config_get_route_metric () @@ -460,7 +460,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ip6_config_get_ignore_auto_dns () @@ -475,7 +475,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ip6_config_get_never_default () @@ -483,7 +483,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ip6_config_get_may_fail () @@ -502,7 +502,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -516,7 +516,7 @@ +gchar * @@ -533,38 +533,38 @@ - + - + - + - + +gchar * - + - + @@ -578,7 +578,7 @@

Types and Values

-
-gchar * dhcp-hostname Read / Write
Read / Write
gbooleangboolean ignore-auto-dns Read / Write / Construct
gbooleangboolean ignore-auto-routes Read / Write / Construct
gintgint ip6-privacy Read / Write / Construct
gbooleangboolean may-fail Read / Write / Construct
-gchar * method Read / Write
gbooleangboolean never-default Read / Write / Construct
gint64gint64 route-metric Read / Write / Construct
+
@@ -683,7 +683,7 @@ GEnum├── NMSettingIP6ConfigError ╰── NMSettingIP6ConfigPrivacy - GObject + GObject╰──NMSetting╰── NMSettingIP6Config @@ -702,7 +702,7 @@ properties related to IPv6 addressing, routing, and Domain Name Service

Functions

nm_setting_ip6_config_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_setting_ip6_config_error_quark (void);

 
Registers an error quark for NMSettingIP6Config if necessary.

 

@@ -730,7 +730,7 @@ nm_ip6_address_dup (NMIP6Address object and returns the copy.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -757,7 +757,7 @@ nm_ip6_address_ref (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -780,7 +780,7 @@ nm_ip6_address_unref (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -797,13 +797,13 @@ reaches zero, the object will be destroyed.

nm_ip6_address_compare ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_ip6_address_compare (NMIP6Address *address,
                         NMIP6Address *other);

 
Determines if two NMIP6Address objects contain the same values.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -826,7 +826,7 @@ to.

Returns

-

TRUE if the objects contain the same values, FALSE if they do not.

+

TRUE if the objects contain the same values, FALSE if they do not.

@@ -837,7 +837,7 @@ nm_ip6_address_get_address (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -865,7 +865,7 @@ nm_ip6_address_set_address (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -889,12 +889,12 @@ nm_ip6_address_set_address (

nm_ip6_address_get_prefix ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_ip6_address_get_prefix (NMIP6Address *address);

 
Gets the IPv6 address prefix property of this address object.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -917,11 +917,11 @@ nm_ip6_address_get_prefix (

nm_ip6_address_set_prefix ()

void
 nm_ip6_address_set_prefix (NMIP6Address *address,
-                           guint32 prefix);
+ guint32 prefix);

Sets the IPv6 address prefix.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -950,7 +950,7 @@ nm_ip6_address_get_gateway (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -978,7 +978,7 @@ nm_ip6_address_set_gateway (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1019,7 +1019,7 @@ nm_ip6_route_dup (NMIP6Route object and returns the copy.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1046,7 +1046,7 @@ nm_ip6_route_ref (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1069,7 +1069,7 @@ nm_ip6_route_unref (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1086,13 +1086,13 @@ reaches zero, the object will be destroyed.

nm_ip6_route_compare ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_ip6_route_compare (NMIP6Route *route,
                       NMIP6Route *other);

 
Determines if two NMIP6Route objects contain the same values.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -1115,7 +1115,7 @@ to.

Returns

-

TRUE if the objects contain the same values, FALSE if they do not.

+

TRUE if the objects contain the same values, FALSE if they do not.

@@ -1126,7 +1126,7 @@ nm_ip6_route_get_dest (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1154,7 +1154,7 @@ nm_ip6_route_set_dest (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1178,12 +1178,12 @@ nm_ip6_route_set_dest (

nm_ip6_route_get_prefix ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_ip6_route_get_prefix (NMIP6Route *route);

 
Gets the IPv6 prefix (ie "32" or "64" etc) of this route.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -1206,11 +1206,11 @@ nm_ip6_route_get_prefix (

nm_ip6_route_set_prefix ()

void
 nm_ip6_route_set_prefix (NMIP6Route *route,
-                         guint32 prefix);
+ guint32 prefix);

Sets the IPv6 prefix of this route.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1239,7 +1239,7 @@ nm_ip6_route_get_next_hop (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1267,7 +1267,7 @@ nm_ip6_route_set_next_hop (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1291,13 +1291,13 @@ nm_ip6_route_set_next_hop (

nm_ip6_route_get_metric ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_ip6_route_get_metric (NMIP6Route *route);

 
Gets the route metric property of this route object; lower values indicate
 "better" or more preferred routes.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -1320,12 +1320,12 @@ nm_ip6_route_get_metric (

nm_ip6_route_set_metric ()

void
 nm_ip6_route_set_metric (NMIP6Route *route,
-                         guint32 metric);
+ guint32 metric);

Sets the route metric property of this route object; lower values indicate "better" or more preferred routes.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1365,7 +1365,7 @@ nm_setting_ip6_config_new (voidNMSettingIP6Config *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1386,11 +1386,11 @@ nm_setting_ip6_config_get_method (

nm_setting_ip6_config_get_num_dns ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_ip6_config_get_num_dns (NMSettingIP6Config *setting);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -1413,10 +1413,10 @@ nm_setting_ip6_config_get_num_dns (

nm_setting_ip6_config_get_dns ()

const struct in6_addr *
 nm_setting_ip6_config_get_dns (NMSettingIP6Config *setting,
-                               guint32 i);
+ guint32 i);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1446,13 +1446,13 @@ nm_setting_ip6_config_get_dns (

nm_setting_ip6_config_add_dns ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip6_config_add_dns (NMSettingIP6Config *setting,
                                const struct in6_addr *dns);

 
Adds a new DNS server to the setting.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -1474,7 +1474,7 @@ nm_setting_ip6_config_add_dns (

Returns

-

TRUE if the DNS server was added; FALSE if the server was already +

TRUE if the DNS server was added; FALSE if the server was already known

@@ -1483,12 +1483,12 @@ known

nm_setting_ip6_config_remove_dns ()

void
 nm_setting_ip6_config_remove_dns (NMSettingIP6Config *setting,
-                                  guint32 i);
+ guint32 i);

Removes the DNS server at index i .

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1512,7 +1512,7 @@ nm_setting_ip6_config_remove_dns (

nm_setting_ip6_config_remove_dns_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip6_config_remove_dns_by_value
                                (NMSettingIP6Config *setting,
                                 const struct in6_addr *dns);

@@ -1520,7 +1520,7 @@ nm_setting_ip6_config_remove_dns_by_value
 .

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -1542,7 +1542,7 @@ nm_setting_ip6_config_remove_dns_by_value

Returns

-

TRUE if the DNS server was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+

TRUE if the DNS server was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

Since: 0.9.10

@@ -1554,7 +1554,7 @@ nm_setting_ip6_config_clear_dns (Removes all configured DNS servers.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1571,12 +1571,12 @@ nm_setting_ip6_config_clear_dns (

nm_setting_ip6_config_get_num_dns_searches ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_ip6_config_get_num_dns_searches
                                (NMSettingIP6Config *setting);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -1599,10 +1599,10 @@ nm_setting_ip6_config_get_num_dns_searches

nm_setting_ip6_config_get_dns_search ()

const char *
 nm_setting_ip6_config_get_dns_search (NMSettingIP6Config *setting,
-                                      guint32 i);
+ guint32 i);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1631,13 +1631,13 @@ nm_setting_ip6_config_get_dns_search (

nm_setting_ip6_config_add_dns_search ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip6_config_add_dns_search (NMSettingIP6Config *setting,
                                       const char *dns_search);

 
Adds a new DNS search domain to the setting.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -1659,7 +1659,7 @@ nm_setting_ip6_config_add_dns_search (

Returns

-

TRUE if the DNS search domain was added; FALSE if the search +

TRUE if the DNS search domain was added; FALSE if the search domain was already known

@@ -1669,12 +1669,12 @@ domain was already known

void
 nm_setting_ip6_config_remove_dns_search
                                (NMSettingIP6Config *setting,
-                                guint32 i);
+ guint32 i);

Removes the DNS search domain at index i .

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1698,7 +1698,7 @@ nm_setting_ip6_config_remove_dns_search

nm_setting_ip6_config_remove_dns_search_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip6_config_remove_dns_search_by_value
                                (NMSettingIP6Config *setting,
                                 const char *dns_search);

@@ -1706,7 +1706,7 @@ nm_setting_ip6_config_remove_dns_search_by_value
 .

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -1728,7 +1728,7 @@ nm_setting_ip6_config_remove_dns_search_by_value

Returns

-

TRUE if the DNS search domain was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+

TRUE if the DNS search domain was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

Since 0.9.10

@@ -1741,7 +1741,7 @@ nm_setting_ip6_config_clear_dns_searches

Removes all configured DNS search domains.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1758,12 +1758,12 @@ nm_setting_ip6_config_clear_dns_searches

nm_setting_ip6_config_get_num_addresses ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_ip6_config_get_num_addresses
                                (NMSettingIP6Config *setting);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -1786,10 +1786,10 @@ nm_setting_ip6_config_get_num_addresses

nm_setting_ip6_config_get_address ()

NMIP6Address *
 nm_setting_ip6_config_get_address (NMSettingIP6Config *setting,
-                                   guint32 i);
+ guint32 i);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1818,14 +1818,14 @@ nm_setting_ip6_config_get_address (

nm_setting_ip6_config_add_address ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip6_config_add_address (NMSettingIP6Config *setting,
                                    NMIP6Address *address);

 
Adds a new IPv6 address and associated information to the setting.  The
 given address is duplicated internally and is not changed by this function.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -1847,7 +1847,7 @@ given address is duplicated internally and is not changed by this function.

Returns

-

TRUE if the address was added; FALSE if the address was already +

TRUE if the address was added; FALSE if the address was already known.

@@ -1856,12 +1856,12 @@ known.

nm_setting_ip6_config_remove_address ()

void
 nm_setting_ip6_config_remove_address (NMSettingIP6Config *setting,
-                                      guint32 i);
+ guint32 i);

Removes the address at index i .

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1885,7 +1885,7 @@ nm_setting_ip6_config_remove_address (

nm_setting_ip6_config_remove_address_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip6_config_remove_address_by_value
                                (NMSettingIP6Config *setting,
                                 NMIP6Address *address);

@@ -1893,7 +1893,7 @@ nm_setting_ip6_config_remove_address_by_value
 .

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -1915,7 +1915,7 @@ nm_setting_ip6_config_remove_address_by_value

Returns

-

TRUE if the address was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+

TRUE if the address was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

Since: 0.9.10

@@ -1927,7 +1927,7 @@ nm_setting_ip6_config_clear_addresses (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1944,11 +1944,11 @@ nm_setting_ip6_config_clear_addresses (

nm_setting_ip6_config_get_num_routes ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_ip6_config_get_num_routes (NMSettingIP6Config *setting);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -1971,10 +1971,10 @@ nm_setting_ip6_config_get_num_routes (

nm_setting_ip6_config_get_route ()

NMIP6Route *
 nm_setting_ip6_config_get_route (NMSettingIP6Config *setting,
-                                 guint32 i);
+ guint32 i);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2003,14 +2003,14 @@ nm_setting_ip6_config_get_route (

nm_setting_ip6_config_add_route ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip6_config_add_route (NMSettingIP6Config *setting,
                                  NMIP6Route *route);

 
Adds a new IPv6 route and associated information to the setting.  The
 given route is duplicated internally and is not changed by this function.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -2032,7 +2032,7 @@ given route is duplicated internally and is not changed by this function.

Returns

-

TRUE if the route was added; FALSE if the route was already known.

+

TRUE if the route was added; FALSE if the route was already known.

@@ -2040,12 +2040,12 @@ given route is duplicated internally and is not changed by this function.

nm_setting_ip6_config_remove_route ()

void
 nm_setting_ip6_config_remove_route (NMSettingIP6Config *setting,
-                                    guint32 i);
+ guint32 i);

Removes the route at index i .

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2069,7 +2069,7 @@ nm_setting_ip6_config_remove_route (

nm_setting_ip6_config_remove_route_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip6_config_remove_route_by_value
                                (NMSettingIP6Config *setting,
                                 NMIP6Route *route);

@@ -2077,7 +2077,7 @@ nm_setting_ip6_config_remove_route_by_value
 .

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -2099,7 +2099,7 @@ nm_setting_ip6_config_remove_route_by_value

Returns

-

TRUE if the route was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+

TRUE if the route was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

Since: 0.9.10

@@ -2111,7 +2111,7 @@ nm_setting_ip6_config_clear_routes (Removes all configured routes.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2128,14 +2128,14 @@ nm_setting_ip6_config_clear_routes (

nm_setting_ip6_config_get_ignore_auto_routes ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip6_config_get_ignore_auto_routes
                                (NMSettingIP6Config *setting);

 
Returns the value contained in the “ignore-auto-routes”
 property.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -2150,21 +2150,21 @@ property.

Returns

-

TRUE if automatically configured (ie via DHCP) routes should be +

TRUE if automatically configured (ie via DHCP) routes should be ignored.

nm_setting_ip6_config_get_route_metric ()

-
gint64
+
gint64
 nm_setting_ip6_config_get_route_metric
                                (NMSettingIP6Config *setting);

 
Returns the value contained in the “route-metric”
 property.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -2187,14 +2187,14 @@ specify a metric. See

nm_setting_ip6_config_get_ignore_auto_dns ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip6_config_get_ignore_auto_dns
                                (NMSettingIP6Config *setting);

 
Returns the value contained in the “ignore-auto-dns”
 property.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -2209,7 +2209,7 @@ property.

Returns

-

TRUE if automatically configured (ie via DHCP or router +

TRUE if automatically configured (ie via DHCP or router advertisements) DNS information should be ignored.

@@ -2223,7 +2223,7 @@ nm_setting_ip6_config_get_dhcp_hostname property.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2245,14 +2245,14 @@ property.

nm_setting_ip6_config_get_never_default ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip6_config_get_never_default
                                (NMSettingIP6Config *setting);

 
Returns the value contained in the “never-default”
 property.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -2267,20 +2267,20 @@ property.

Returns

-

TRUE if this connection should never be the default connection +

TRUE if this connection should never be the default connection for IPv6 addressing

nm_setting_ip6_config_get_may_fail ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip6_config_get_may_fail (NMSettingIP6Config *setting);

 
Returns the value contained in the “may-fail”
 property.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -2295,7 +2295,7 @@ property.

Returns

-

TRUE if this connection doesn't require IPv6 addressing to complete +

TRUE if this connection doesn't require IPv6 addressing to complete for the connection to succeed.

@@ -2308,7 +2308,7 @@ nm_setting_ip6_config_get_ip6_privacy (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2339,7 +2339,7 @@ property.

enum NMSettingIP6ConfigError

Members

-
+
@@ -2519,7 +2519,7 @@ supported for IPv6)

Extensions are used (RFC4941).

Members

-
+
@@ -2581,7 +2581,7 @@ assigned an address with these methods.

The “dhcp-hostname” property

-
  “dhcp-hostname”            gchar *
+
  “dhcp-hostname”            gchar *

The specified name will be sent to the DHCP server when acquiring a lease.

Flags: Read / Write

@@ -2615,9 +2615,9 @@ the only search domains for this connection.

The “ignore-auto-dns” property

-
  “ignore-auto-dns”          gboolean
+
  “ignore-auto-dns”          gboolean

When the method is set to "auto" or "dhcp" and this property is set to -TRUE, automatically configured nameservers and search domains are +TRUE, automatically configured nameservers and search domains are ignored and only nameservers and search domains specified in the “dns” and “dns-search” properties, if any, are used.

@@ -2627,9 +2627,9 @@ any, are used.

The “ignore-auto-routes” property

-
  “ignore-auto-routes”       gboolean
+
  “ignore-auto-routes”       gboolean

When the method is set to "auto" or "dhcp" and this property is set to -TRUE, automatically configured routes are ignored and only routes +TRUE, automatically configured routes are ignored and only routes specified in the “routes” property, if any, are used.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

Default value: FALSE

@@ -2637,7 +2637,7 @@ specified in the

The “ip6-privacy” property

-
  “ip6-privacy”              gint
+
  “ip6-privacy”              gint

Configure IPv6 Privacy Extensions for SLAAC, described in RFC4941. If enabled, it makes the kernel generate a temporary IPv6 address in addition to the public one generated from MAC address via modified @@ -2652,11 +2652,11 @@ addresses).

The “may-fail” property

-
  “may-fail”                 gboolean
-

If TRUE, allow overall network configuration to proceed even if IPv6 +

  “may-fail”                 gboolean
+

If TRUE, allow overall network configuration to proceed even if IPv6 configuration times out. Note that at least one IP configuration must succeed or overall network configuration will still fail. For example, -in IPv4-only networks, setting this property to TRUE allows the overall +in IPv4-only networks, setting this property to TRUE allows the overall network configuration to succeed if IPv6 configuration fails but IPv4 configuration completes successfully.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -2665,7 +2665,7 @@ configuration completes successfully.

The “method” property

-
  “method”                   gchar *
+
  “method”                   gchar *

IPv6 configuration method. If "auto" is specified then the appropriate automatic method (PPP, router advertisement, etc) is used for the device and most other properties can be left unset. To force the use of DHCP @@ -2682,8 +2682,8 @@ yet supported.

The “never-default” property

-
  “never-default”            gboolean
-

If TRUE, this connection will never be the default IPv6 connection, +

  “never-default”            gboolean
+

If TRUE, this connection will never be the default IPv6 connection, meaning it will never be assigned the default IPv6 route by NetworkManager.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -2692,7 +2692,7 @@ NetworkManager.

The “route-metric” property

-
  “route-metric”             gint64
+
  “route-metric”             gint64

The default metric for routes that don't explicitly specify a metric. The default value -1 means that the metric is choosen automatically based on the device type. diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingInfiniband.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingInfiniband.html index 811fcb43..6090bda0 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingInfiniband.html +++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingInfiniband.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMSettingInfiniband: libnm-util Reference Manual - + @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ -
-GQuark +GQuark nm_setting_infiniband_error_quark () @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@
const GByteArray * +const GByteArray * nm_setting_infiniband_get_mac_address () @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_infiniband_get_mtu () @@ -99,7 +99,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -113,24 +113,24 @@ - + - + +gchar * +gchar * @@ -139,7 +139,7 @@

Types and Values

-
Read / Write
guintguint mtu Read / Write / Construct
gintgint p-key Read / Write / Construct
-gchar * parent Read / Write / Construct
-gchar * transport-mode Read / Write / Construct
+
@@ -184,7 +184,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

    GEnum
     ╰── NMSettingInfinibandError
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingInfiniband
@@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ necessary for connection to IP-over-InfiniBand networks.

Functions

nm_setting_infiniband_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_setting_infiniband_error_quark (void);

 
Registers an error quark for NMSettingInfiniband if necessary.

 

@@ -226,11 +226,11 @@ nm_setting_infiniband_new (void
 

 
nm_setting_infiniband_get_mac_address ()

-
const GByteArray *
+
const GByteArray *
 nm_setting_infiniband_get_mac_address (NMSettingInfiniband *setting);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -251,11 +251,11 @@ nm_setting_infiniband_get_mac_address (

nm_setting_infiniband_get_mtu ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_infiniband_get_mtu (NMSettingInfiniband *setting);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -283,7 +283,7 @@ nm_setting_infiniband_get_transport_mode 'connected'.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -311,7 +311,7 @@ use the default P_Key (aka "the P_Key at index 0"). Otherwise it is a 16-bit unsigned integer.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -337,7 +337,7 @@ nm_setting_infiniband_get_parent (Returns the parent interface name for this device, if set.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -368,7 +368,7 @@ nm_setting_infiniband_get_parent (

enum NMSettingInfinibandError

Members

-
+
@@ -451,7 +451,7 @@ address of the device (i.e. MAC spoofing).

The “mtu” property

-
  “mtu”                      guint
+
  “mtu”                      guint

If non-zero, only transmit packets of the specified size or smaller, breaking larger packets up into multiple frames.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -460,7 +460,7 @@ breaking larger packets up into multiple frames.

The “p-key” property

-
  “p-key”                    gint
+
  “p-key”                    gint

The InfiniBand P_Key to use for this device. A value of -1 means to use the default P_Key (aka "the P_Key at index 0"). Otherwise it is a 16-bit unsigned integer, whose high bit is set if it is a "full membership" @@ -472,8 +472,8 @@ P_Key.

The “parent” property

-
  “parent”                   gchar *
-

The interface name of the parent device of this device. Normally NULL, +

  “parent”                   gchar *
+

The interface name of the parent device of this device. Normally NULL, but if the “p_key” property is set, then you must specify the base device by setting either this property or “mac-address”.

@@ -483,7 +483,7 @@ specify the base device by setting either this property or

The “transport-mode” property

-
  “transport-mode”           gchar *
+
  “transport-mode”           gchar *

The IP-over-InfiniBand transport mode. Either "datagram" or "connected".

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingOlpcMesh.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingOlpcMesh.html index d7355b91..d296374c 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingOlpcMesh.html +++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingOlpcMesh.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMSettingOlpcMesh: libnm-util Reference Manual - + @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ - -
-GQuark +GQuark nm_setting_olpc_mesh_error_quark () @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@
const GByteArray * +const GByteArray * nm_setting_olpc_mesh_get_ssid () @@ -66,14 +66,14 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_olpc_mesh_get_channel ()
const GByteArray * +const GByteArray * nm_setting_olpc_mesh_get_dhcp_anycast_address () @@ -84,7 +84,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ - + @@ -113,7 +113,7 @@

Types and Values

-
guintguint channel Read / Write / Construct
+
@@ -150,7 +150,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

    GEnum
     ╰── NMSettingOlpcMeshError
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingOlpcMesh
@@ -162,7 +162,7 @@

Functions

nm_setting_olpc_mesh_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_setting_olpc_mesh_error_quark (void);
@@ -179,19 +179,19 @@ nm_setting_olpc_mesh_new (void

nm_setting_olpc_mesh_get_ssid ()

-
const GByteArray *
+
const GByteArray *
 nm_setting_olpc_mesh_get_ssid (NMSettingOlpcMesh *setting);

nm_setting_olpc_mesh_get_channel ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_olpc_mesh_get_channel (NMSettingOlpcMesh *setting);

nm_setting_olpc_mesh_get_dhcp_anycast_address ()

-
const GByteArray *
+
const GByteArray *
 nm_setting_olpc_mesh_get_dhcp_anycast_address
                                (NMSettingOlpcMesh *setting);
@@ -208,7 +208,7 @@ nm_setting_olpc_mesh_get_dhcp_anycast_address

enum NMSettingOlpcMeshError

Members

-
+
@@ -270,7 +270,7 @@ required

Property Details

The “channel” property

-
  “channel”                  guint
+
  “channel”                  guint

Channel on which the mesh network to join is located.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

Default value: 0

diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingPPP.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingPPP.html index 8155b2e7..8d62e5e9 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingPPP.html +++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingPPP.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMSettingPPP: libnm-util Reference Manual - + @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

Functions

-
+
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

-GQuark +GQuark nm_setting_ppp_error_quark () @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ppp_get_noauth () @@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_eap () @@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_pap () @@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_chap () @@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_mschap () @@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_mschapv2 () @@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ppp_get_nobsdcomp () @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ppp_get_nodeflate () @@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ppp_get_no_vj_comp () @@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ppp_get_require_mppe () @@ -140,7 +140,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ppp_get_require_mppe_128 () @@ -148,7 +148,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ppp_get_mppe_stateful () @@ -156,7 +156,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_ppp_get_crtscts () @@ -164,7 +164,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_ppp_get_baud () @@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_ppp_get_mru () @@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_ppp_get_mtu () @@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_ppp_get_lcp_echo_failure () @@ -196,7 +196,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_ppp_get_lcp_echo_interval () @@ -207,7 +207,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

Properties

-
+
@@ -215,92 +215,92 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

- + - + - + - + - + - + - + - + - + - + - + - + - + - + - + - + - + - + @@ -309,7 +309,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

Types and Values

-
guintguint baud Read / Write / Construct
gbooleangboolean crtscts Read / Write / Construct
guintguint lcp-echo-failure Read / Write / Construct
guintguint lcp-echo-interval Read / Write / Construct
gbooleangboolean mppe-stateful Read / Write / Construct
guintguint mru Read / Write / Construct
guintguint mtu Read / Write / Construct
gbooleangboolean no-vj-comp Read / Write / Construct
gbooleangboolean noauth Read / Write / Construct
gbooleangboolean nobsdcomp Read / Write / Construct
gbooleangboolean nodeflate Read / Write / Construct
gbooleangboolean refuse-chap Read / Write / Construct
gbooleangboolean refuse-eap Read / Write / Construct
gbooleangboolean refuse-mschap Read / Write / Construct
gbooleangboolean refuse-mschapv2 Read / Write / Construct
gbooleangboolean refuse-pap Read / Write / Construct
gbooleangboolean require-mppe Read / Write / Construct
gbooleangboolean require-mppe-128 Read / Write / Construct
+
@@ -406,7 +406,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

Object Hierarchy

    GEnum
     ╰── NMSettingPPPError
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingPPP
@@ -426,7 +426,7 @@ cable and DSL modems and some mobile broadband devices.

Functions

nm_setting_ppp_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_setting_ppp_error_quark (void);

 
Registers an error quark for NMSettingPPP if necessary.

 

@@ -449,11 +449,11 @@ nm_setting_ppp_new (void
 

 
nm_setting_ppp_get_noauth ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ppp_get_noauth (NMSettingPPP *setting);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -474,11 +474,11 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_noauth (

nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_eap ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_eap (NMSettingPPP *setting);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -499,11 +499,11 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_eap (

nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_pap ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_pap (NMSettingPPP *setting);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -524,11 +524,11 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_pap (

nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_chap ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_chap (NMSettingPPP *setting);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -549,11 +549,11 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_chap (

nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_mschap ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_mschap (NMSettingPPP *setting);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -574,11 +574,11 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_mschap (

nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_mschapv2 ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_mschapv2 (NMSettingPPP *setting);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -599,11 +599,11 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_mschapv2 (

nm_setting_ppp_get_nobsdcomp ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ppp_get_nobsdcomp (NMSettingPPP *setting);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -624,11 +624,11 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_nobsdcomp (

nm_setting_ppp_get_nodeflate ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ppp_get_nodeflate (NMSettingPPP *setting);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -649,11 +649,11 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_nodeflate (

nm_setting_ppp_get_no_vj_comp ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ppp_get_no_vj_comp (NMSettingPPP *setting);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -674,11 +674,11 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_no_vj_comp (

nm_setting_ppp_get_require_mppe ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ppp_get_require_mppe (NMSettingPPP *setting);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -699,11 +699,11 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_require_mppe (

nm_setting_ppp_get_require_mppe_128 ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ppp_get_require_mppe_128 (NMSettingPPP *setting);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -724,11 +724,11 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_require_mppe_128 (

nm_setting_ppp_get_mppe_stateful ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ppp_get_mppe_stateful (NMSettingPPP *setting);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -749,11 +749,11 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_mppe_stateful (

nm_setting_ppp_get_crtscts ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ppp_get_crtscts (NMSettingPPP *setting);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -774,11 +774,11 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_crtscts (

nm_setting_ppp_get_baud ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_ppp_get_baud (NMSettingPPP *setting);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -799,11 +799,11 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_baud (

nm_setting_ppp_get_mru ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_ppp_get_mru (NMSettingPPP *setting);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -824,11 +824,11 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_mru (

nm_setting_ppp_get_mtu ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_ppp_get_mtu (NMSettingPPP *setting);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -849,11 +849,11 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_mtu (

nm_setting_ppp_get_lcp_echo_failure ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_ppp_get_lcp_echo_failure (NMSettingPPP *setting);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -874,11 +874,11 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_lcp_echo_failure (

nm_setting_ppp_get_lcp_echo_interval ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_ppp_get_lcp_echo_interval (NMSettingPPP *setting);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -909,7 +909,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_lcp_echo_interval (

enum NMSettingPPPError

Members

-
+
@@ -1069,7 +1069,7 @@ with other setting configuration parameters

Property Details

The “baud” property

-
  “baud”                     guint
+
  “baud”                     guint

If non-zero, instruct pppd to set the serial port to the specified baudrate. This value should normally be left as 0 to automatically choose the speed.

@@ -1079,17 +1079,17 @@ choose the speed.

The “crtscts” property

-
  “crtscts”                  gboolean
-

If TRUE, specify that pppd should set the serial port to use hardware +

  “crtscts”                  gboolean
+

If TRUE, specify that pppd should set the serial port to use hardware flow control with RTS and CTS signals. This value should normally be set -to FALSE.

+to FALSE.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

Default value: FALSE

The “lcp-echo-failure” property

-
  “lcp-echo-failure”         guint
+
  “lcp-echo-failure”         guint

If non-zero, instruct pppd to presume the connection to the peer has failed if the specified number of LCP echo-requests go unanswered by the peer. The "lcp-echo-interval" property must also be set to a non-zero @@ -1100,7 +1100,7 @@ value if this property is used.

The “lcp-echo-interval” property

-
  “lcp-echo-interval”        guint
+
  “lcp-echo-interval”        guint

If non-zero, instruct pppd to send an LCP echo-request frame to the peer every n seconds (where n is the specified value). Note that some PPP peers will respond to echo requests and some will not, and it is not @@ -1111,8 +1111,8 @@ possible to autodetect this.

The “mppe-stateful” property

-
  “mppe-stateful”            gboolean
-

If TRUE, stateful MPPE is used. See pppd documentation for more +

  “mppe-stateful”            gboolean
+

If TRUE, stateful MPPE is used. See pppd documentation for more information on stateful MPPE.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

Default value: FALSE

@@ -1120,7 +1120,7 @@ information on stateful MPPE.

The “mru” property

-
  “mru”                      guint
+
  “mru”                      guint

If non-zero, instruct pppd to request that the peer send packets no larger than the specified size. If non-zero, the MRU should be between 128 and 16384.

@@ -1131,7 +1131,7 @@ larger than the specified size. If non-zero, the MRU should be between

The “mtu” property

-
  “mtu”                      guint
+
  “mtu”                      guint

If non-zero, instruct pppd to send packets no larger than the specified size.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -1140,82 +1140,82 @@ size.

The “no-vj-comp” property

-
  “no-vj-comp”               gboolean
-

If TRUE, Van Jacobsen TCP header compression will not be requested.

+
  “no-vj-comp”               gboolean
+

If TRUE, Van Jacobsen TCP header compression will not be requested.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

Default value: FALSE

The “noauth” property

-
  “noauth”                   gboolean
-

If TRUE, do not require the other side (usually the PPP server) to -authenticate itself to the client. If FALSE, require authentication -from the remote side. In almost all cases, this should be TRUE.

+
  “noauth”                   gboolean
+

If TRUE, do not require the other side (usually the PPP server) to +authenticate itself to the client. If FALSE, require authentication +from the remote side. In almost all cases, this should be TRUE.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

Default value: TRUE

The “nobsdcomp” property

-
  “nobsdcomp”                gboolean
-

If TRUE, BSD compression will not be requested.

+
  “nobsdcomp”                gboolean
+

If TRUE, BSD compression will not be requested.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

Default value: FALSE

The “nodeflate” property

-
  “nodeflate”                gboolean
-

If TRUE, "deflate" compression will not be requested.

+
  “nodeflate”                gboolean
+

If TRUE, "deflate" compression will not be requested.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

Default value: FALSE

The “refuse-chap” property

-
  “refuse-chap”              gboolean
-

If TRUE, the CHAP authentication method will not be used.

+
  “refuse-chap”              gboolean
+

If TRUE, the CHAP authentication method will not be used.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

Default value: FALSE

The “refuse-eap” property

-
  “refuse-eap”               gboolean
-

If TRUE, the EAP authentication method will not be used.

+
  “refuse-eap”               gboolean
+

If TRUE, the EAP authentication method will not be used.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

Default value: FALSE

The “refuse-mschap” property

-
  “refuse-mschap”            gboolean
-

If TRUE, the MSCHAP authentication method will not be used.

+
  “refuse-mschap”            gboolean
+

If TRUE, the MSCHAP authentication method will not be used.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

Default value: FALSE

The “refuse-mschapv2” property

-
  “refuse-mschapv2”          gboolean
-

If TRUE, the MSCHAPv2 authentication method will not be used.

+
  “refuse-mschapv2”          gboolean
+

If TRUE, the MSCHAPv2 authentication method will not be used.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

Default value: FALSE

The “refuse-pap” property

-
  “refuse-pap”               gboolean
-

If TRUE, the PAP authentication method will not be used.

+
  “refuse-pap”               gboolean
+

If TRUE, the PAP authentication method will not be used.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

Default value: FALSE

The “require-mppe” property

-
  “require-mppe”             gboolean
-

If TRUE, MPPE (Microsoft Point-to-Point Encrpytion) will be required for +

  “require-mppe”             gboolean
+

If TRUE, MPPE (Microsoft Point-to-Point Encrpytion) will be required for the PPP session. If either 64-bit or 128-bit MPPE is not available the session will fail. Note that MPPE is not used on mobile broadband connections.

@@ -1225,10 +1225,10 @@ connections.

The “require-mppe-128” property

-
  “require-mppe-128”         gboolean
-

If TRUE, 128-bit MPPE (Microsoft Point-to-Point Encrpytion) will be +

  “require-mppe-128”         gboolean
+

If TRUE, 128-bit MPPE (Microsoft Point-to-Point Encrpytion) will be required for the PPP session, and the "require-mppe" property must also -be set to TRUE. If 128-bit MPPE is not available the session will fail.

+be set to TRUE. If 128-bit MPPE is not available the session will fail.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

Default value: FALSE

diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingPPPOE.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingPPPOE.html index d5bd582b..d833c2e1 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingPPPOE.html +++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingPPPOE.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMSettingPPPOE: libnm-util Reference Manual - + @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
-GQuark +GQuark nm_setting_pppoe_error_quark () @@ -91,7 +91,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -100,24 +100,24 @@ +gchar * - + +gchar * +gchar * @@ -126,7 +126,7 @@

Types and Values

-
-gchar * password Read / Write
guintguint password-flags Read / Write
-gchar * service Read / Write
-gchar * username Read / Write
+
@@ -167,7 +167,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

    GEnum
     ╰── NMSettingPPPOEError
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingPPPOE
@@ -187,7 +187,7 @@ to provide IP transport, for example cable or DSL modems.

Functions

nm_setting_pppoe_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_setting_pppoe_error_quark (void);

 
Registers an error quark for NMSettingPPPOE if necessary.

 

@@ -214,7 +214,7 @@ nm_setting_pppoe_new (void
 nm_setting_pppoe_get_service (NMSettingPPPOE *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -239,7 +239,7 @@ nm_setting_pppoe_get_service (NMSettingPPPOE *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -264,7 +264,7 @@ nm_setting_pppoe_get_username (NMSettingPPPOE *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -289,7 +289,7 @@ nm_setting_pppoe_get_password (NMSettingPPPOE *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -320,7 +320,7 @@ nm_setting_pppoe_get_password_flags (

enum NMSettingPPPOEError

Members

-
+
@@ -396,7 +396,7 @@ did not contain a required PPP setting for PPP related options

Property Details

The “password” property

-
  “password”                 gchar *
+
  “password”                 gchar *

Password used to authenticate with the PPPoE service.

Flags: Read / Write

Default value: NULL

@@ -404,7 +404,7 @@ did not contain a required PPP setting for PPP related options

The “password-flags” property

-
  “password-flags”           guint
+
  “password-flags”           guint

Flags indicating how to handle the “password” property.

Flags: Read / Write

Allowed values: <= 7

@@ -413,7 +413,7 @@ did not contain a required PPP setting for PPP related options

The “service” property

-
  “service”                  gchar *
+
  “service”                  gchar *

If specified, instruct PPPoE to only initiate sessions with access concentrators that provide the specified service. For most providers, this should be left blank. It is only required if there are multiple @@ -424,7 +424,7 @@ access concentrators or a specific service is known to be required.

The “username” property

-
  “username”                 gchar *
+
  “username”                 gchar *

Username used to authenticate with the PPPoE service.

Flags: Read / Write

Default value: NULL

diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingSerial.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingSerial.html index 4dc665a3..5a89cd61 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingSerial.html +++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingSerial.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMSettingSerial: libnm-util Reference Manual - + @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ serial communications

Functions

-
+
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ serial communications

-GQuark +GQuark nm_setting_serial_error_quark () @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ serial communications

-guint +guint nm_setting_serial_get_baud () @@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ serial communications

-guint +guint nm_setting_serial_get_bits () @@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ serial communications

-guint +guint nm_setting_serial_get_stopbits () @@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ serial communications

-guint64 +guint64 nm_setting_serial_get_send_delay () @@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ serial communications

Properties

-
+
@@ -111,27 +111,27 @@ serial communications

- + - + - + - + - + @@ -140,7 +140,7 @@ serial communications

Types and Values

-
guintguint baud Read / Write / Construct
guintguint bits Read / Write / Construct
gchargchar parity Read / Write / Construct
guint64guint64 send-delay Read / Write / Construct
guintguint stopbits Read / Write / Construct
+
@@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ serial communications

Object Hierarchy

    GEnum
     ╰── NMSettingSerialError
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingSerial
@@ -205,7 +205,7 @@ such as mobile broadband or analog telephone connections.

Functions

nm_setting_serial_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_setting_serial_error_quark (void);

 
Registers an error quark for NMSettingSerial if necessary.

 

@@ -228,11 +228,11 @@ nm_setting_serial_new (void
 

 
nm_setting_serial_get_baud ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_serial_get_baud (NMSettingSerial *setting);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -253,11 +253,11 @@ nm_setting_serial_get_baud (

nm_setting_serial_get_bits ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_serial_get_bits (NMSettingSerial *setting);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -282,7 +282,7 @@ nm_setting_serial_get_bits (NMSettingSerial *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -303,11 +303,11 @@ nm_setting_serial_get_parity (

nm_setting_serial_get_stopbits ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_serial_get_stopbits (NMSettingSerial *setting);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -328,11 +328,11 @@ nm_setting_serial_get_stopbits (

nm_setting_serial_get_send_delay ()

-
guint64
+
guint64
 nm_setting_serial_get_send_delay (NMSettingSerial *setting);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -363,7 +363,7 @@ nm_setting_serial_get_send_delay (

enum NMSettingSerialError

Members

-
+
@@ -445,7 +445,7 @@ setting requires the connection to contain an

Property Details

The “baud” property

-
  “baud”                     guint
+
  “baud”                     guint

Speed to use for communication over the serial port. Note that this value usually has no effect for mobile broadband modems as they generally ignore speed settings and use the highest available speed.

@@ -455,7 +455,7 @@ ignore speed settings and use the highest available speed.

The “bits” property

-
  “bits”                     guint
+
  “bits”                     guint

Byte-width of the serial communication. The 8 in "8n1" for example.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

Allowed values: [5,8]

@@ -464,7 +464,7 @@ ignore speed settings and use the highest available speed.

The “parity” property

-
  “parity”                   gchar
+
  “parity”                   gchar

Parity setting of the serial port. Either 'E' for even parity, 'o' for odd parity, or 'n' for no parity.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -474,7 +474,7 @@ odd parity, or 'n' for no parity.

The “send-delay” property

-
  “send-delay”               guint64
+
  “send-delay”               guint64

Time to delay between each byte sent to the modem, in microseconds.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

Default value: 0

@@ -482,7 +482,7 @@ odd parity, or 'n' for no parity.

The “stopbits” property

-
  “stopbits”                 guint
+
  “stopbits”                 guint

Number of stop bits for communication on the serial port. Either 1 or 2. The 1 in "8n1" for example.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingTeam.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingTeam.html index 9072a2bb..cf9ddffa 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingTeam.html +++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingTeam.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMSettingTeam: libnm-util Reference Manual - + @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
-GQuark +GQuark nm_setting_team_error_quark () @@ -76,7 +76,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -85,13 +85,13 @@ +gchar * +gchar * @@ -100,7 +100,7 @@

Types and Values

-
-gchar * config Read / Write
-gchar * interface-name Read / Write
+
@@ -133,7 +133,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

    GEnum
     ╰── NMSettingTeamError
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingTeam
@@ -152,7 +152,7 @@ necessary for team connections.

Functions

nm_setting_team_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_setting_team_error_quark (void);

 
Registers an error quark for NMSettingTeam if necessary.

 

@@ -181,7 +181,7 @@ nm_setting_team_new (void<
 nm_setting_team_get_interface_name (NMSettingTeam *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -207,7 +207,7 @@ nm_setting_team_get_interface_name (NMSettingTeam *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -239,7 +239,7 @@ nm_setting_team_get_config (

enum NMSettingTeamError

Members

-
+
@@ -295,7 +295,7 @@ required

Property Details

The “config” property

-
  “config”                   gchar *
+
  “config”                   gchar *

The JSON configuration for the team network interface. The property should contain raw JSON configuration data suitable for teamd, because the value is passed directly to teamd. If not specified, the default @@ -306,7 +306,7 @@ configuration is used. See man teamd.conf for the format details.

The “interface-name” property

-
  “interface-name”           gchar *
+
  “interface-name”           gchar *

The name of the virtual in-kernel team network interface

Flags: Read / Write

Default value: NULL

diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingTeamPort.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingTeamPort.html index e40d64b5..c66c2520 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingTeamPort.html +++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingTeamPort.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMSettingTeamPort: libnm-util Reference Manual - + @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
-GQuark +GQuark nm_setting_team_port_error_quark () @@ -69,7 +69,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ +gchar * @@ -85,7 +85,7 @@

Types and Values

-
-gchar * config Read / Write
+
@@ -114,7 +114,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

    GEnum
     ╰── NMSettingTeamPortError
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingTeamPort
@@ -133,7 +133,7 @@ optional properties that apply to team ports.

Functions

nm_setting_team_port_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_setting_team_port_error_quark (void);

 
Registers an error quark for NMSettingTeamPort if necessary.

 

@@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ nm_setting_team_port_new (voidNMSettingTeamPort *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -194,7 +194,7 @@ nm_setting_team_port_get_config (

enum NMSettingTeamPortError

Members

-
+
@@ -244,7 +244,7 @@ is required

Property Details

The “config” property

-
  “config”                   gchar *
+
  “config”                   gchar *

The JSON configuration for the team port. The property should contain raw JSON configuration data suitable for teamd, because the value is passed directly to teamd. If not specified, the default configuration is diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingVPN.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingVPN.html index 83d8f15a..819a102b 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingVPN.html +++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingVPN.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMSettingVPN: libnm-util Reference Manual - + @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
-GQuark +GQuark nm_setting_vpn_error_quark () @@ -81,7 +81,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_vpn_get_persistent () @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_vpn_get_num_data_items () @@ -112,7 +112,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_vpn_remove_data_item () @@ -128,7 +128,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_vpn_get_num_secrets () @@ -151,7 +151,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_vpn_remove_secret () @@ -170,7 +170,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -183,7 +183,7 @@ - + @@ -194,13 +194,13 @@ +gchar * +gchar * @@ -209,7 +209,7 @@

Types and Values

-
Read / Write
gbooleangboolean persistent Read / Write
-gchar * service-type Read / Write
-gchar * user-name Read / Write
+
@@ -258,7 +258,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

    GEnum
     ╰── NMSettingVpnError
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingVPN
@@ -282,7 +282,7 @@ properties.

Functions

nm_setting_vpn_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_setting_vpn_error_quark (void);

 
Registers an error quark for NMSettingVPN if necessary.

 

@@ -296,10 +296,10 @@ nm_setting_vpn_error_quark (void<
 
void
 (*NMVPNIterFunc) (const char *key,
                   const char *value,
-                  gpointer user_data);

+                  gpointer user_data);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -347,7 +347,7 @@ nm_setting_vpn_get_service_type (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -372,7 +372,7 @@ plugin that should be used to connect to this VPN.

nm_setting_vpn_get_user_name (NMSettingVPN *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -393,11 +393,11 @@ nm_setting_vpn_get_user_name (

nm_setting_vpn_get_persistent ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_vpn_get_persistent (NMSettingVPN *setting);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -418,12 +418,12 @@ nm_setting_vpn_get_persistent (

nm_setting_vpn_get_num_data_items ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_vpn_get_num_data_items (NMSettingVPN *setting);

 
Gets number of key/value pairs of VPN configuration data.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -455,7 +455,7 @@ setting which may be retrieved later. Should not be used to store passwords or other secrets, which is what nm_setting_vpn_add_secret() is for.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -493,7 +493,7 @@ nm_setting_vpn_get_data_item (nm_setting_vpn_add_data_item().

Parameters

-
+
@@ -521,14 +521,14 @@ by

nm_setting_vpn_remove_data_item ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_vpn_remove_data_item (NMSettingVPN *setting,
                                  const char *key);

 
Deletes a key/value relationship previously established by
 nm_setting_vpn_add_data_item().

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -550,8 +550,8 @@ nm_setting_vpn_remove_data_item (

Returns

-

TRUE if the data item was found and removed from the internal list, -FALSE if it was not.

+

TRUE if the data item was found and removed from the internal list, +FALSE if it was not.

@@ -560,14 +560,14 @@ nm_setting_vpn_remove_data_item (void nm_setting_vpn_foreach_data_item (NMSettingVPN *setting, NMVPNIterFunc func, - gpointer user_data); + gpointer user_data);

Iterates all data items stored in this setting. It is safe to add, remove, and modify data items inside func , though any additions or removals made during iteration will not be part of the iteration.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -597,12 +597,12 @@ during iteration will not be part of the iteration.

nm_setting_vpn_get_num_secrets ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_vpn_get_num_secrets (NMSettingVPN *setting);

 
Gets number of VPN plugin specific secrets in the setting.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -633,7 +633,7 @@ nm_setting_vpn_add_secret (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -671,7 +671,7 @@ nm_setting_vpn_get_secret (nm_setting_vpn_add_secret().

Parameters

-
+
@@ -699,14 +699,14 @@ by

nm_setting_vpn_remove_secret ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_vpn_remove_secret (NMSettingVPN *setting,
                               const char *key);

 
Deletes a key/value relationship previously established by
 nm_setting_vpn_add_secret().

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -728,8 +728,8 @@ nm_setting_vpn_remove_secret (

Returns

-

TRUE if the secret was found and removed from the internal list, -FALSE if it was not.

+

TRUE if the secret was found and removed from the internal list, +FALSE if it was not.

@@ -738,14 +738,14 @@ nm_setting_vpn_remove_secret (void nm_setting_vpn_foreach_secret (NMSettingVPN *setting, NMVPNIterFunc func, - gpointer user_data); + gpointer user_data);

Iterates all secrets stored in this setting. It is safe to add, remove, and modify secrets inside func , though any additions or removals made during iteration will not be part of the iteration.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -785,7 +785,7 @@ iteration will not be part of the iteration.

enum NMSettingVpnError

Members

-
+
@@ -873,8 +873,8 @@ values must be strings.

The “persistent” property

-
  “persistent”               gboolean
-

If the VPN service supports persistence, and this property is TRUE, +

  “persistent”               gboolean
+

If the VPN service supports persistence, and this property is TRUE, the VPN will attempt to stay connected across link changes and outages, until explicitly disconnected.

Flags: Read / Write

@@ -891,7 +891,7 @@ passwords or private keys. Both keys and values must be strings.

The “service-type” property

-
  “service-type”             gchar *
+
  “service-type”             gchar *

D-Bus service name of the VPN plugin that this setting uses to connect to its network. i.e. org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.vpnc for the vpnc plugin.

@@ -901,7 +901,7 @@ plugin.

The “user-name” property

-
  “user-name”                gchar *
+
  “user-name”                gchar *

If the VPN connection requires a user name for authentication, that name should be provided here. If the connection is available to more than one user, and the VPN requires each user to supply a different name, then diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingVlan.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingVlan.html index c20926ef..303f4082 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingVlan.html +++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingVlan.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMSettingVlan: libnm-util Reference Manual - + @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
-GQuark +GQuark nm_setting_vlan_error_quark () @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_vlan_get_id () @@ -81,7 +81,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_vlan_get_flags () @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@
-gint32 +gint32 nm_setting_vlan_get_num_priorities () @@ -97,7 +97,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_vlan_get_priority () @@ -105,7 +105,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_vlan_add_priority () @@ -121,7 +121,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_vlan_remove_priority_by_value () @@ -129,7 +129,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_vlan_remove_priority_str_by_value () @@ -145,7 +145,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_vlan_add_priority_str () @@ -156,7 +156,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -170,12 +170,12 @@ - + - + @@ -187,13 +187,13 @@ +gchar * +gchar * @@ -202,7 +202,7 @@

Types and Values

-
Read / Write
guintguint flags Read / Write / Construct
guintguint id Read / Write / Construct
-gchar * interface-name Read / Write / Construct
-gchar * parent Read / Write / Construct
+
@@ -265,7 +265,7 @@ ├── NMSettingVlanError ├── NMVlanFlags ╰── NMVlanPriorityMap - GObject + GObject╰──NMSetting╰── NMSettingVlan @@ -284,7 +284,7 @@ necessary for connection to VLAN interfaces.

Functions

nm_setting_vlan_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_setting_vlan_error_quark (void);

 
Registers an error quark for NMSettingVlan if necessary.

 

@@ -311,7 +311,7 @@ nm_setting_vlan_new (void<
 nm_setting_vlan_get_interface_name (NMSettingVlan *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -336,7 +336,7 @@ nm_setting_vlan_get_interface_name (NMSettingVlan *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -357,11 +357,11 @@ nm_setting_vlan_get_parent (

nm_setting_vlan_get_id ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_vlan_get_id (NMSettingVlan *setting);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -382,11 +382,11 @@ nm_setting_vlan_get_id (

nm_setting_vlan_get_flags ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_vlan_get_flags (NMSettingVlan *setting);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -407,7 +407,7 @@ nm_setting_vlan_get_flags (

nm_setting_vlan_get_num_priorities ()

-
gint32
+
gint32
 nm_setting_vlan_get_num_priorities (NMSettingVlan *setting,
                                     NMVlanPriorityMap map);

 
Returns the number of entires in the
@@ -415,7 +415,7 @@ nm_setting_vlan_get_num_priorities (
 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -443,17 +443,17 @@ properties of this setting.

nm_setting_vlan_get_priority ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_vlan_get_priority (NMSettingVlan *setting,
                               NMVlanPriorityMap map,
-                              guint32 idx,
-                              guint32 *out_from,
-                              guint32 *out_to);

+                              guint32 idx,
+                              guint32 *out_from,
+                              guint32 *out_to);

Retrieve one of the entries of the “ingress_priority_map” or “egress_priority_map” properties of this setting.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -490,17 +490,17 @@ or

Returns

-

TRUE if a priority map was returned, FALSE if error

+

TRUE if a priority map was returned, FALSE if error

nm_setting_vlan_add_priority ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_vlan_add_priority (NMSettingVlan *setting,
                               NMVlanPriorityMap map,
-                              guint32 from,
-                              guint32 to);

+                              guint32 from,
+                              guint32 to);

Adds a priority mapping to the “ingress_priority_map” or “egress_priority_map” properties of the setting. If from is @@ -519,7 +519,7 @@ Priority Code Point (PCP) value, and to is the outgoing 802.1q VLAN Priority Code Point (PCP) value.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -553,8 +553,8 @@ to

Returns

-

TRUE if the new priority mapping was successfully added to the -list, FALSE if error

+

TRUE if the new priority mapping was successfully added to the +list, FALSE if error

@@ -563,14 +563,14 @@ list, void nm_setting_vlan_remove_priority (NMSettingVlan *setting, NMVlanPriorityMap map, - guint32 idx); + guint32 idx);

Removes the priority map at index idx from the “ingress_priority_map” or “egress_priority_map” properties.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -599,12 +599,12 @@ properties.

nm_setting_vlan_remove_priority_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_vlan_remove_priority_by_value
                                (NMSettingVlan *setting,
                                 NMVlanPriorityMap map,
-                                guint32 from,
-                                guint32 to);

+                                guint32 from,
+                                guint32 to);

Removes the priority map form :to from the “ingress_priority_map” @@ -613,7 +613,7 @@ or

Parameters

-
+
@@ -647,14 +647,14 @@ to

Returns

-

TRUE if the priority mapping was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+

TRUE if the priority mapping was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

Since: 0.9.10

nm_setting_vlan_remove_priority_str_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_vlan_remove_priority_str_by_value
                                (NMSettingVlan *setting,
                                 NMVlanPriorityMap map,
@@ -666,7 +666,7 @@ or 
 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -693,7 +693,7 @@ properties.

Returns

-

TRUE if the priority mapping was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+

TRUE if the priority mapping was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

Since: 0.9.10

@@ -707,7 +707,7 @@ nm_setting_vlan_clear_priorities (“egress_priority_map” properties.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -731,7 +731,7 @@ nm_setting_vlan_clear_priorities (

nm_setting_vlan_add_priority_str ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_vlan_add_priority_str (NMSettingVlan *setting,
                                   NMVlanPriorityMap map,
                                   const char *str);

@@ -740,7 +740,7 @@ or the 
 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -767,8 +767,8 @@ the Linux SKB priorities to 802.1p priorities.

Returns

-

TRUE if the entry was successfully added to the list, or it -overwrote the old value, FALSE if error

+

TRUE if the entry was successfully added to the list, or it +overwrote the old value, FALSE if error

@@ -784,7 +784,7 @@ overwrote the old value,

enum NMSettingVlanError

Members

-
+
@@ -874,7 +874,7 @@ overwrote the old value,

Members

-
+
@@ -905,7 +905,7 @@ to 802.1p priorities used in VLANs.

NMVlanFlags values control the behavior of the VLAN interface.

Members

-
+
@@ -968,7 +968,7 @@ both "from" and "to" are unsigned integers, ie "7:3".

The “flags” property

-
  “flags”                    guint
+
  “flags”                    guint

One or more flags which control the behavior and features of the VLAN interface. Flags include NM_VLAN_FLAG_REORDER_HEADERS (reordering of output packet headers), NM_VLAN_FLAG_GVRP (use of the GVRP protocol), @@ -981,7 +981,7 @@ protocol).

The “id” property

-
  “id”                       guint
+
  “id”                       guint

The VLAN identifier that the interface created by this connection should be assigned.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -1000,7 +1000,7 @@ SKB priorities. The mapping is given in the format "from:to" where both

The “interface-name” property

-
  “interface-name”           gchar *
+
  “interface-name”           gchar *

If given, specifies the kernel name of the VLAN interface. If not given, a default name will be constructed from the interface described by the parent interface and the “id” property, eg "eth2.1". The @@ -1012,7 +1012,7 @@ the

The “parent” property

-
  “parent”                   gchar *
+
  “parent”                   gchar *

If given, specifies the parent interface name or parent connection UUID from which this VLAN interface should be created. If this property is not specified, the connection must contain an NMSettingWired setting diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingWimax.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingWimax.html index 9ec5a1d7..fd6cbb22 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingWimax.html +++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingWimax.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMSettingWimax: libnm-util Reference Manual - + @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ -
-GQuark +GQuark nm_setting_wimax_error_quark () @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@
const GByteArray * +const GByteArray * nm_setting_wimax_get_mac_address () @@ -76,7 +76,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ +gchar * @@ -100,7 +100,7 @@

Types and Values

-
-gchar * network-name Read / Write
+
@@ -133,7 +133,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

    GEnum
     ╰── NMSettingWimaxError
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingWimax
@@ -155,7 +155,7 @@ connections cannot be activated.

Functions

nm_setting_wimax_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_setting_wimax_error_quark (void);

 

 
nm_setting_wimax_error_quark has been deprecated since version 1.2 and should not be used in newly-written code.

@@ -195,7 +195,7 @@ nm_setting_wimax_get_network_name (
 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -216,7 +216,7 @@ specific WiMAX network this setting describes a connection to.

nm_setting_wimax_get_mac_address ()

-
const GByteArray *
+
const GByteArray *
 nm_setting_wimax_get_mac_address (NMSettingWimax *setting);

 

 
nm_setting_wimax_get_mac_address has been deprecated since version 1.2 and should not be used in newly-written code.

@@ -226,7 +226,7 @@ nm_setting_wimax_get_mac_address (
 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -257,7 +257,7 @@ to.

enum NMSettingWimaxError

Members

-
+
@@ -326,7 +326,7 @@ device (known as MAC spoofing).

The “network-name” property

-
  “network-name”             gchar *
+
  “network-name”             gchar *

Network Service Provider (NSP) name of the WiMAX network this connection should use.

diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingWired.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingWired.html index 3531bdac..9150cb67 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingWired.html +++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingWired.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMSettingWired: libnm-util Reference Manual - + @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ - - - -
-GQuark +GQuark nm_setting_wired_error_quark () @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_wired_get_speed () @@ -81,28 +81,28 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_wired_get_auto_negotiate ()
const GByteArray * +const GByteArray * nm_setting_wired_get_mac_address ()
const GByteArray * +const GByteArray * nm_setting_wired_get_cloned_mac_address ()
const GSList * +const GSList * nm_setting_wired_get_mac_address_blacklist () @@ -110,7 +110,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_wired_get_num_mac_blacklist_items () @@ -125,7 +125,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_wired_add_mac_blacklist_item () @@ -141,7 +141,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_wired_remove_mac_blacklist_item_by_value () @@ -157,14 +157,14 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_wired_get_mtu ()
const GPtrArray * +const GPtrArray * nm_setting_wired_get_s390_subchannels () @@ -179,7 +179,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_wired_get_num_s390_options () @@ -187,7 +187,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_wired_get_s390_option () @@ -202,7 +202,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_wired_add_s390_option () @@ -210,7 +210,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_wired_remove_s390_option () @@ -228,7 +228,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -236,7 +236,7 @@ - + @@ -248,7 +248,7 @@ +gchar * @@ -265,19 +265,19 @@ - + +gchar * +gchar * @@ -293,7 +293,7 @@ - + @@ -302,7 +302,7 @@

Types and Values

-
gbooleangboolean auto-negotiate Read / Write / Construct
-gchar * duplex Read / Write
Read / Write
guintguint mtu Read / Write / Construct
-gchar * port Read / Write
-gchar * s390-nettype Read / Write
Read / Write
guintguint speed Read / Write / Construct
+
@@ -371,7 +371,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

    GEnum
     ╰── NMSettingWiredError
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingWired
@@ -390,7 +390,7 @@ necessary for connection to Ethernet networks.

Functions

nm_setting_wired_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_setting_wired_error_quark (void);

 
Registers an error quark for NMSettingWired if necessary.

 

@@ -417,7 +417,7 @@ nm_setting_wired_new (void
 nm_setting_wired_get_port (NMSettingWired *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -438,11 +438,11 @@ nm_setting_wired_get_port (

nm_setting_wired_get_speed ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wired_get_speed (NMSettingWired *setting);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -467,7 +467,7 @@ nm_setting_wired_get_speed (NMSettingWired *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -488,11 +488,11 @@ nm_setting_wired_get_duplex (

nm_setting_wired_get_auto_negotiate ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wired_get_auto_negotiate (NMSettingWired *setting);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -513,11 +513,11 @@ nm_setting_wired_get_auto_negotiate (

nm_setting_wired_get_mac_address ()

-
const GByteArray *
+
const GByteArray *
 nm_setting_wired_get_mac_address (NMSettingWired *setting);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -538,12 +538,12 @@ nm_setting_wired_get_mac_address (

nm_setting_wired_get_cloned_mac_address ()

-
const GByteArray *
+
const GByteArray *
 nm_setting_wired_get_cloned_mac_address
                                (NMSettingWired *setting);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -564,12 +564,12 @@ nm_setting_wired_get_cloned_mac_address

nm_setting_wired_get_mac_address_blacklist ()

-
const GSList *
+
const GSList *
 nm_setting_wired_get_mac_address_blacklist
                                (NMSettingWired *setting);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -592,12 +592,12 @@ property of the setting.

nm_setting_wired_get_num_mac_blacklist_items ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wired_get_num_mac_blacklist_items
                                (NMSettingWired *setting);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -622,10 +622,10 @@ nm_setting_wired_get_num_mac_blacklist_items 
const char *
 nm_setting_wired_get_mac_blacklist_item
                                (NMSettingWired *setting,
-                                guint32 idx);
+ guint32 idx);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -656,14 +656,14 @@ at index idx

nm_setting_wired_add_mac_blacklist_item ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wired_add_mac_blacklist_item
                                (NMSettingWired *setting,
                                 const char *mac);

 
Adds a new MAC address to the “mac-address-blacklist” property.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -685,7 +685,7 @@ nm_setting_wired_add_mac_blacklist_item

Returns

-

TRUE if the MAC address was added; FALSE if the MAC address +

TRUE if the MAC address was added; FALSE if the MAC address is invalid or was already present

Since: 0.9.10

@@ -696,12 +696,12 @@ is invalid or was already present

void
 nm_setting_wired_remove_mac_blacklist_item
                                (NMSettingWired *setting,
-                                guint32 idx);
+ guint32 idx);

Removes the MAC address at index idx from the blacklist.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -726,7 +726,7 @@ nm_setting_wired_remove_mac_blacklist_item

nm_setting_wired_remove_mac_blacklist_item_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wired_remove_mac_blacklist_item_by_value
                                (NMSettingWired *setting,
                                 const char *mac);

@@ -734,7 +734,7 @@ nm_setting_wired_remove_mac_blacklist_item_by_value
  from the blacklist.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -757,7 +757,7 @@ the blacklist

Returns

-

TRUE if the MAC address was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+

TRUE if the MAC address was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

Since: 0.9.10

@@ -770,7 +770,7 @@ nm_setting_wired_clear_mac_blacklist_items

Removes all blacklisted MAC addresses.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -788,11 +788,11 @@ nm_setting_wired_clear_mac_blacklist_items

nm_setting_wired_get_mtu ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wired_get_mtu (NMSettingWired *setting);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -813,14 +813,14 @@ nm_setting_wired_get_mtu (

nm_setting_wired_get_s390_subchannels ()

-
const GPtrArray *
+
const GPtrArray *
 nm_setting_wired_get_s390_subchannels (NMSettingWired *setting);

 
Return the list of s390 subchannels that identify the device that this
 connection is applicable to.  The connection should only be used in
 conjunction with that device.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -835,7 +835,7 @@ conjunction with that device.

Returns

-

GPtrArray of strings, each specifying one +

GPtrArray of strings, each specifying one subchannel the s390 device uses to communicate to the host.

[element-type utf8]

@@ -849,7 +849,7 @@ nm_setting_wired_get_s390_nettype (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -870,14 +870,14 @@ of 'qeth', 'lcs', or 'ctc'.

nm_setting_wired_get_num_s390_options ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wired_get_num_s390_options (NMSettingWired *setting);

 
Returns the number of s390-specific options that should be set for this
 device when it is activated.  This can be used to retrieve each s390
 option individually using nm_setting_wired_get_s390_option().

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -898,9 +898,9 @@ option individually using

nm_setting_wired_get_s390_option ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wired_get_s390_option (NMSettingWired *setting,
-                                  guint32 idx,
+                                  guint32 idx,
                                   const char **out_key,
                                   const char **out_value);

 
Given an index, return the value of the s390 option at that index.  indexes
@@ -910,7 +910,7 @@ and should not be used to refer to options except for short periods of time
 such as during option iteration.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -945,8 +945,8 @@ option; this value is owned by the setting and should not be modified.

Returns

-

TRUE on success if the index was valid and an option was found, -FALSE if the index was invalid (ie, greater than the number of options +

TRUE on success if the index was valid and an option was found, +FALSE if the index was invalid (ie, greater than the number of options currently held by the setting)

@@ -962,7 +962,7 @@ nm_setting_wired_get_s390_option_by_key , if it exists.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -984,14 +984,14 @@ nm_setting_wired_get_s390_option_by_key

Returns

-

the value, or NULL if the key/value pair was never added to the +

the value, or NULL if the key/value pair was never added to the setting; the value is owned by the setting and must not be modified

nm_setting_wired_add_s390_option ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wired_add_s390_option (NMSettingWired *setting,
                                   const char *key,
                                   const char *value);

@@ -1001,7 +1001,7 @@ of allowed options.  Key names may contain only alphanumeric characters
 may already exist.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -1028,14 +1028,14 @@ may already exist.

Returns

-

TRUE if the option was valid and was added to the internal option -list, FALSE if it was not.

+

TRUE if the option was valid and was added to the internal option +list, FALSE if it was not.

nm_setting_wired_remove_s390_option ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wired_remove_s390_option (NMSettingWired *setting,
                                      const char *key);

 
Remove the s390-specific option referenced by key
@@ -1043,7 +1043,7 @@ nm_setting_wired_remove_s390_option (
 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -1065,8 +1065,8 @@ list.

Returns

-

TRUE if the option was found and removed from the internal option -list, FALSE if it was not.

+

TRUE if the option was found and removed from the internal option +list, FALSE if it was not.

@@ -1078,7 +1078,7 @@ nm_setting_wired_get_valid_s390_options

Returns a list of valid s390 options.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1093,7 +1093,7 @@ nm_setting_wired_get_valid_s390_options

Returns

-

a NULL-terminated array of strings of valid s390 options.

+

a NULL-terminated array of strings of valid s390 options.

[transfer none]

Since: 0.9.10

@@ -1111,7 +1111,7 @@ nm_setting_wired_get_valid_s390_options

enum NMSettingWiredError

Members

-
+
@@ -1221,9 +1221,9 @@ required

Property Details

The “auto-negotiate” property

-
  “auto-negotiate”           gboolean
-

If TRUE, allow auto-negotiation of port speed and duplex mode. If -FALSE, do not allow auto-negotiation, in which case the "speed" and +

  “auto-negotiate”           gboolean
+

If TRUE, allow auto-negotiation of port speed and duplex mode. If +FALSE, do not allow auto-negotiation, in which case the "speed" and "duplex" properties should be set.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

Default value: TRUE

@@ -1239,7 +1239,7 @@ permanent MAC address. This is known as MAC cloning or spoofing.

The “duplex” property

-
  “duplex”                   gchar *
+
  “duplex”                   gchar *

If specified, request that the device only use the specified duplex mode. Either "half" or "full".

Flags: Read / Write

@@ -1267,7 +1267,7 @@ address is in the standard hex-digits-and-colons notation

The “mtu” property

-
  “mtu”                      guint
+
  “mtu”                      guint

If non-zero, only transmit packets of the specified size or smaller, breaking larger packets up into multiple Ethernet frames.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -1276,7 +1276,7 @@ breaking larger packets up into multiple Ethernet frames.

The “port” property

-
  “port”                     gchar *
+
  “port”                     gchar *

Specific port type to use if multiple the device supports multiple attachment methods. One of "tp" (Twisted Pair), "aui" (Attachment Unit Interface), "bnc" (Thin Ethernet) or "mii" (Media Independent Interface. @@ -1287,7 +1287,7 @@ If the device supports only one port type, this setting is ignored.

The “s390-nettype” property

-
  “s390-nettype”             gchar *
+
  “s390-nettype”             gchar *

s390 network device type; one of "qeth", "lcs", or "ctc", representing the different types of virtual network devices available on s390 systems.

Flags: Read / Write

@@ -1319,7 +1319,7 @@ period (.) character.

The “speed” property

-
  “speed”                    guint
+
  “speed”                    guint

If non-zero, request that the device use only the specified speed. In Mbit/s, ie 100 == 100Mbit/s.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingWireless.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingWireless.html index 23a3312f..7ab84a7b 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingWireless.html +++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingWireless.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMSettingWireless: libnm-util Reference Manual - + @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ - - - - -
-GQuark +GQuark nm_setting_wireless_error_quark () @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@
const GByteArray * +const GByteArray * nm_setting_wireless_get_ssid () @@ -80,14 +80,14 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_wireless_get_channel ()
const GByteArray * +const GByteArray * nm_setting_wireless_get_bssid () @@ -95,7 +95,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_wireless_get_rate () @@ -103,28 +103,28 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_wireless_get_tx_power ()
const GByteArray * +const GByteArray * nm_setting_wireless_get_mac_address ()
const GByteArray * +const GByteArray * nm_setting_wireless_get_cloned_mac_address ()
const GSList * +const GSList * nm_setting_wireless_get_mac_address_blacklist () @@ -132,7 +132,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_wireless_get_num_mac_blacklist_items () @@ -147,7 +147,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_wireless_add_mac_blacklist_item () @@ -163,7 +163,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_wireless_remove_mac_blacklist_item_by_value () @@ -179,7 +179,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_wireless_get_mtu () @@ -187,7 +187,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_wireless_get_hidden () @@ -195,7 +195,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_wireless_get_powersave () @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_wireless_add_seen_bssid () @@ -211,7 +211,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_wireless_get_num_seen_bssids () @@ -226,7 +226,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_wireless_ap_security_compatible () @@ -244,7 +244,7 @@

Properties

-
+
@@ -253,7 +253,7 @@ +gchar * @@ -264,7 +264,7 @@ - + @@ -275,7 +275,7 @@ - + @@ -293,28 +293,28 @@ +gchar * - + - + - + +gchar * @@ -331,7 +331,7 @@ - + @@ -340,7 +340,7 @@

Types and Values

-
-gchar * band Read / Write
Read / Write
guintguint channel Read / Write / Construct
Read / Write
gbooleangboolean hidden Read / Write
-gchar * mode Read / Write
guintguint mtu Read / Write / Construct
guintguint powersave Read / Write
guintguint rate Read / Write / Construct
-gchar * security Read / Write
Read / Write
guintguint tx-power Read / Write / Construct
+
@@ -437,7 +437,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

    GEnum
     ╰── NMSettingWirelessError
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingWireless
@@ -456,7 +456,7 @@ necessary for connection to 802.11 Wi-Fi networks.

Functions

nm_setting_wireless_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_setting_wireless_error_quark (void);

 
Registers an error quark for NMSettingWireless if necessary.

 

@@ -479,11 +479,11 @@ nm_setting_wireless_new (void
 

 
nm_setting_wireless_get_ssid ()

-
const GByteArray *
+
const GByteArray *
 nm_setting_wireless_get_ssid (NMSettingWireless *setting);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -508,7 +508,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_ssid (NMSettingWireless *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -533,7 +533,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_mode (NMSettingWireless *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -554,11 +554,11 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_band (

nm_setting_wireless_get_channel ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wireless_get_channel (NMSettingWireless *setting);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -579,11 +579,11 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_channel (

nm_setting_wireless_get_bssid ()

-
const GByteArray *
+
const GByteArray *
 nm_setting_wireless_get_bssid (NMSettingWireless *setting);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -604,11 +604,11 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_bssid (

nm_setting_wireless_get_rate ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wireless_get_rate (NMSettingWireless *setting);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -629,11 +629,11 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_rate (

nm_setting_wireless_get_tx_power ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wireless_get_tx_power (NMSettingWireless *setting);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -654,11 +654,11 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_tx_power (

nm_setting_wireless_get_mac_address ()

-
const GByteArray *
+
const GByteArray *
 nm_setting_wireless_get_mac_address (NMSettingWireless *setting);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -679,12 +679,12 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_mac_address (

nm_setting_wireless_get_cloned_mac_address ()

-
const GByteArray *
+
const GByteArray *
 nm_setting_wireless_get_cloned_mac_address
                                (NMSettingWireless *setting);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -705,12 +705,12 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_cloned_mac_address

nm_setting_wireless_get_mac_address_blacklist ()

-
const GSList *
+
const GSList *
 nm_setting_wireless_get_mac_address_blacklist
                                (NMSettingWireless *setting);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -733,12 +733,12 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_mac_address_blacklist

nm_setting_wireless_get_num_mac_blacklist_items ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wireless_get_num_mac_blacklist_items
                                (NMSettingWireless *setting);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -763,10 +763,10 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_num_mac_blacklist_items 
const char *
 nm_setting_wireless_get_mac_blacklist_item
                                (NMSettingWireless *setting,
-                                guint32 idx);
+ guint32 idx);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -797,14 +797,14 @@ at index idx

nm_setting_wireless_add_mac_blacklist_item ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wireless_add_mac_blacklist_item
                                (NMSettingWireless *setting,
                                 const char *mac);

 
Adds a new MAC address to the “mac-address-blacklist” property.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -826,7 +826,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_add_mac_blacklist_item

Returns

-

TRUE if the MAC address was added; FALSE if the MAC address +

TRUE if the MAC address was added; FALSE if the MAC address is invalid or was already present

Since: 0.9.10

@@ -837,12 +837,12 @@ is invalid or was already present

void
 nm_setting_wireless_remove_mac_blacklist_item
                                (NMSettingWireless *setting,
-                                guint32 idx);
+ guint32 idx);

Removes the MAC address at index idx from the blacklist.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -867,7 +867,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_remove_mac_blacklist_item

nm_setting_wireless_remove_mac_blacklist_item_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wireless_remove_mac_blacklist_item_by_value
                                (NMSettingWireless *setting,
                                 const char *mac);

@@ -875,7 +875,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_remove_mac_blacklist_item_by_value
  from the blacklist.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -898,7 +898,7 @@ the blacklist

Returns

-

TRUE if the MAC address was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+

TRUE if the MAC address was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

Since: 0.9.10

@@ -911,7 +911,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_clear_mac_blacklist_items

Removes all blacklisted MAC addresses.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -929,11 +929,11 @@ nm_setting_wireless_clear_mac_blacklist_items

nm_setting_wireless_get_mtu ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wireless_get_mtu (NMSettingWireless *setting);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -954,11 +954,11 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_mtu (

nm_setting_wireless_get_hidden ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wireless_get_hidden (NMSettingWireless *setting);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -979,11 +979,11 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_hidden (

nm_setting_wireless_get_powersave ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wireless_get_powersave (NMSettingWireless *setting);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -1005,7 +1005,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_powersave (

nm_setting_wireless_add_seen_bssid ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wireless_add_seen_bssid (NMSettingWireless *setting,
                                     const char *bssid);

 
Adds a new Wi-Fi AP's BSSID to the previously seen BSSID list of the setting.
@@ -1014,7 +1014,7 @@ no longer has much use. Actually, changes you make using this function will
 not be preserved.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -1036,19 +1036,19 @@ not be preserved.

Returns

-

TRUE if bssid -was already known, FALSE if not

+

TRUE if bssid +was already known, FALSE if not

nm_setting_wireless_get_num_seen_bssids ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wireless_get_num_seen_bssids
                                (NMSettingWireless *setting);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -1071,10 +1071,10 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_num_seen_bssids

nm_setting_wireless_get_seen_bssid ()

const char *
 nm_setting_wireless_get_seen_bssid (NMSettingWireless *setting,
-                                    guint32 i);
+ guint32 i);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1103,7 +1103,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_seen_bssid (

nm_setting_wireless_ap_security_compatible ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wireless_ap_security_compatible
                                (NMSettingWireless *s_wireless,
                                 NMSettingWirelessSecurity *s_wireless_sec,
@@ -1119,7 +1119,7 @@ against a set of access points and determine which connections are
 compatible with which access points.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -1133,7 +1133,7 @@ compatible with which access points.

 - + @@ -1163,8 +1163,8 @@ capabilities

Returns

-

TRUE if the given settings are compatible with the access point's -security flags and mode, FALSE if they are not.

+

TRUE if the given settings are compatible with the access point's +security flags and mode, FALSE if they are not.

@@ -1179,7 +1179,7 @@ the presence of NM_SETTING_WIRELESS_SECURITY_SETTING_NAME in the connection.

Parameters

-

s_wireless_sec

a NMSettingWirelessSecurity or NULL

a NMSettingWirelessSecurity or NULL

  
+
@@ -1210,7 +1210,7 @@ the presence of NM_SETTING_WIRELESS_SECURITY_SETTING_NAME in the connection.

enum NMSettingWirelessError

Members

-
+
@@ -1384,7 +1384,7 @@ for this connection.

Property Details

The “band” property

-
  “band”                     gchar *
+
  “band”                     gchar *

802.11 frequency band of the network. One of "a" for 5GHz 802.11a or "bg" for 2.4GHz 802.11. This will lock associations to the Wi-Fi network to the specific band, i.e. if "a" is specified, the device will not @@ -1407,7 +1407,7 @@ creating an Ad-Hoc network and is unlikely to in the future.

The “channel” property

-
  “channel”                  guint
+
  “channel”                  guint

Wireless channel to use for the Wi-Fi connection. The device will only join (or create for Ad-Hoc networks) a Wi-Fi network on the specified channel. Because channel numbers overlap between bands, this property @@ -1426,8 +1426,8 @@ of its permanent MAC address. This is known as MAC cloning or spoofing.

The “hidden” property

-
  “hidden”                   gboolean
-

If TRUE, indicates this network is a non-broadcasting network that hides +

  “hidden”                   gboolean
+

If TRUE, indicates this network is a non-broadcasting network that hides its SSID. In this case various workarounds may take place, such as probe-scanning the SSID for more reliable network discovery. However, these workarounds expose inherent insecurities with hidden SSID networks, @@ -1456,7 +1456,7 @@ standard hex-digits-and-colons notation (eg "00:11:22:33:44:55").

The “mode” property

-
  “mode”                     gchar *
+
  “mode”                     gchar *

Wi-Fi network mode; one of "infrastructure", "adhoc" or "ap". If blank, infrastructure is assumed.

Flags: Read / Write

@@ -1465,7 +1465,7 @@ infrastructure is assumed.

The “mtu” property

-
  “mtu”                      guint
+
  “mtu”                      guint

If non-zero, only transmit packets of the specified size or smaller, breaking larger packets up into multiple Ethernet frames.

Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -1474,9 +1474,9 @@ breaking larger packets up into multiple Ethernet frames.

The “powersave” property

-
  “powersave”                guint
-

If set to FALSE, Wi-Fi power saving behavior is disabled. If set to -TRUE, Wi-Fi power saving behavior is enabled. All other values are +

  “powersave”                guint
+

If set to FALSE, Wi-Fi power saving behavior is disabled. If set to +TRUE, Wi-Fi power saving behavior is enabled. All other values are reserved. Note that even though only boolean values are allowed, the property type is an unsigned integer to allow for future expansion.

Flags: Read / Write

@@ -1486,7 +1486,7 @@ property type is an unsigned integer to allow for future expansion.

The “rate” property

-
  “rate”                     guint
+
  “rate”                     guint

If non-zero, directs the device to only use the specified bitrate for communication with the access point. Units are in Kb/s, ie 5500 = 5.5 Mbit/s. This property is highly driver dependent and not all devices @@ -1497,7 +1497,7 @@ support setting a static bitrate.

The “security” property

-
  “security”                 gchar *
+
  “security”                 gchar *

If the wireless connection has any security restrictions, like 802.1x, WEP, or WPA, set this property to NM_SETTING_WIRELESS_SECURITY_SETTING_NAME and ensure the connection @@ -1533,7 +1533,7 @@ preserved.

The “tx-power” property

-
  “tx-power”                 guint
+
  “tx-power”                 guint

If non-zero, directs the device to use the specified transmit power. Units are dBm. This property is highly driver dependent and not all devices support setting a static transmit power.

diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingWirelessSecurity.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingWirelessSecurity.html index dbb3ffa5..96894738 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingWirelessSecurity.html +++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/NMSettingWirelessSecurity.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NMSettingWirelessSecurity: libnm-util Reference Manual - + @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

Functions

-
+
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

-GQuark +GQuark nm_setting_wireless_security_error_quark () @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_wireless_security_get_num_protos () @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_wireless_security_add_proto () @@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_proto_by_value () @@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_wireless_security_get_num_pairwise () @@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_wireless_security_add_pairwise () @@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_pairwise_by_value () @@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_wireless_security_get_num_groups () @@ -176,7 +176,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_wireless_security_add_group () @@ -192,7 +192,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

-gboolean +gboolean nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_group_by_value () @@ -260,7 +260,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

-guint32 +guint32 nm_setting_wireless_security_get_wep_tx_keyidx () @@ -294,7 +294,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

Properties

-
+
@@ -303,7 +303,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

+gchar * @@ -315,24 +315,24 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

+gchar * +gchar * - + +gchar * @@ -350,51 +350,51 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

+gchar * - + - + - + +gchar * +gchar * +gchar * +gchar * - + @@ -403,7 +403,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

Types and Values

-
-gchar * auth-alg Read / Write
-gchar * key-mgmt Read / Write
-gchar * leap-password Read / Write
guintguint leap-password-flags Read / Write
-gchar * leap-username Read / Write
-gchar * psk Read / Write
guintguint psk-flags Read / Write
guintguint wep-key-flags Read / Write
guintguint wep-key-type Read / Write / Construct
-gchar * wep-key0 Read / Write
-gchar * wep-key1 Read / Write
-gchar * wep-key2 Read / Write
-gchar * wep-key3 Read / Write
guintguint wep-tx-keyidx Read / Write / Construct
+
@@ -501,7 +501,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

    GEnum
     ├── NMSettingWirelessSecurityError
     ╰── NMWepKeyType
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingWirelessSecurity
@@ -530,7 +530,7 @@ of how Wi-Fi security works, you may want to get copies of the following books.<

Functions

nm_setting_wireless_security_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_setting_wireless_security_error_quark
                                (void);

 
Registers an error quark for NMSettingWired if necessary.

@@ -559,7 +559,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_get_key_mgmt
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -580,12 +580,12 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_get_key_mgmt

nm_setting_wireless_security_get_num_protos ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wireless_security_get_num_protos
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -610,10 +610,10 @@ connecting to secure Wi-Fi networks

const char *
 nm_setting_wireless_security_get_proto
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
-                                guint32 i);
+ guint32 i);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -642,7 +642,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_get_proto

nm_setting_wireless_security_add_proto ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wireless_security_add_proto
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
                                 const char *proto);

@@ -654,7 +654,7 @@ by this connection only supports WPA2/RSN, the connection cannot be used
 with the access point.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -676,8 +676,8 @@ with the access point.

Returns

-

TRUE if the protocol was new and and was added to the allowed -protocol list, or FALSE if it was already in the list

+

TRUE if the protocol was new and and was added to the allowed +protocol list, or FALSE if it was already in the list

@@ -686,11 +686,11 @@ protocol list, or void nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_proto (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting, - guint32 i); + guint32 i);

Removes a protocol from the allowed protocol list.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -714,14 +714,14 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_proto

nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_proto_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_proto_by_value
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
                                 const char *proto);

 
Removes a protocol from the allowed protocol list.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -743,7 +743,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_proto_by_value

Returns

-

TRUE if the protocol was found and removed; FALSE it it was not.

+

TRUE if the protocol was found and removed; FALSE it it was not.

Since: 0.9.10

@@ -757,7 +757,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_clear_protos specified then all protocols are allowed.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -774,12 +774,12 @@ specified then all protocols are allowed.

nm_setting_wireless_security_get_num_pairwise ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wireless_security_get_num_pairwise
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -803,12 +803,12 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_get_num_pairwise 
const char *
 nm_setting_wireless_security_get_pairwise
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
-                                guint32 i);
+ guint32 i);

Returns the allowed pairwise encryption algorithm from allowed algorithm list.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -837,7 +837,7 @@ list.

nm_setting_wireless_security_add_pairwise ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wireless_security_add_pairwise
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
                                 const char *pairwise);

@@ -847,7 +847,7 @@ one or more of the encryption algorithms in the list will be considered
 compatible with this connection.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -869,7 +869,7 @@ compatible with this connection.

Returns

-

TRUE if the algorithm was added to the list, FALSE if it was +

TRUE if the algorithm was added to the list, FALSE if it was already in the list

@@ -879,12 +879,12 @@ already in the list

void
 nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_pairwise
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
-                                guint32 i);
+ guint32 i);

Removes an encryption algorithm from the allowed pairwise encryption algorithm list.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -908,7 +908,7 @@ algorithm list.

nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_pairwise_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_pairwise_by_value
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
                                 const char *pairwise);

@@ -916,7 +916,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_pairwise_by_value
 algorithm list.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -938,7 +938,7 @@ algorithm list.

Returns

-

TRUE if the encryption algorith was found and removed; FALSE it it was not.

+

TRUE if the encryption algorith was found and removed; FALSE it it was not.

Since: 0.9.10

@@ -952,7 +952,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_clear_pairwise specified then all pairwise encryption algorithms are allowed.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -969,12 +969,12 @@ specified then all pairwise encryption algorithms are allowed.

nm_setting_wireless_security_get_num_groups ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wireless_security_get_num_groups
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -998,12 +998,12 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_get_num_groups 
const char *
 nm_setting_wireless_security_get_group
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
-                                guint32 i);
+ guint32 i);

Returns the allowed groupwise encryption algorithm from allowed algorithm list.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1032,7 +1032,7 @@ list.

nm_setting_wireless_security_add_group ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wireless_security_add_group
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
                                 const char *group);

@@ -1042,7 +1042,7 @@ one or more of the encryption algorithms in the list will be considered
 compatible with this connection.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -1065,7 +1065,7 @@ compatible with this connection.

Returns

-

TRUE if the algorithm was added to the list, FALSE if it was +

TRUE if the algorithm was added to the list, FALSE if it was already in the list

@@ -1075,12 +1075,12 @@ already in the list

void
 nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_group
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
-                                guint32 i);
+ guint32 i);

Removes an encryption algorithm from the allowed groupwise encryption algorithm list.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1104,7 +1104,7 @@ algorithm list.

nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_group_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_group_by_value
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
                                 const char *group);

@@ -1112,7 +1112,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_group_by_value
 algorithm list.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -1135,7 +1135,7 @@ algorithm list.

Returns

-

TRUE if the algorithm was found and removed; FALSE it it was not.

+

TRUE if the algorithm was found and removed; FALSE it it was not.

Since: 0.9.10

@@ -1149,7 +1149,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_clear_groups specified then all groupwise encryption algorithms are allowed.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1170,7 +1170,7 @@ specified then all groupwise encryption algorithms are allowed.

nm_setting_wireless_security_get_psk (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1196,7 +1196,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_get_psk_flags (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1223,7 +1223,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_get_leap_username (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1249,7 +1249,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_get_leap_password (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1275,7 +1275,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_get_leap_password_flags (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1300,10 +1300,10 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_get_leap_password_flags 
const char *
 nm_setting_wireless_security_get_wep_key
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
-                                guint32 idx);
+ guint32 idx);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1334,12 +1334,12 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_get_wep_key 
void
 nm_setting_wireless_security_set_wep_key
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
-                                guint32 idx,
+                                guint32 idx,
                                 const char *key);

Sets a WEP key in the given index.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1370,12 +1370,12 @@ property.

nm_setting_wireless_security_get_wep_tx_keyidx ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wireless_security_get_wep_tx_keyidx
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting);

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -1401,7 +1401,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_get_auth_alg (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1427,7 +1427,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_get_wep_key_flags (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1453,7 +1453,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_get_wep_key_type (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1484,7 +1484,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_get_wep_key_type

enum NMSettingWirelessSecurityError

Members

-
+
@@ -1570,7 +1570,7 @@ keys are hashed differently to determine the actual WEP key the type must be specified.

Members

-
+
@@ -1722,7 +1722,7 @@ the actual WEP key using the MD5 hash algorithm.

Property Details

The “auth-alg” property

-
  “auth-alg”                 gchar *
+
  “auth-alg”                 gchar *

When WEP is used (ie, key-mgmt = "none" or "ieee8021x") indicate the 802.11 authentication algorithm required by the AP here. One of "open" for Open System, "shared" for Shared Key, or "leap" for Cisco LEAP. When @@ -1744,7 +1744,7 @@ list element may be one of "wep40", "wep104", "tkip", or "ccmp".

The “key-mgmt” property

-
  “key-mgmt”                 gchar *
+
  “key-mgmt”                 gchar *

Key management used for the connection. One of "none" (WEP), "ieee8021x" (Dynamic WEP), "wpa-none" (Ad-Hoc WPA-PSK), "wpa-psk" (infrastructure WPA-PSK), or "wpa-eap" (WPA-Enterprise). This property must be set for @@ -1755,7 +1755,7 @@ any Wi-Fi connection that uses security.

The “leap-password” property

-
  “leap-password”            gchar *
+
  “leap-password”            gchar *

The login password for legacy LEAP connections (ie, key-mgmt = "ieee8021x" and auth-alg = "leap").

Flags: Read / Write

@@ -1764,7 +1764,7 @@ any Wi-Fi connection that uses security.

The “leap-password-flags” property

-
  “leap-password-flags”      guint
+
  “leap-password-flags”      guint

Flags indicating how to handle the “leap-password” property.

Flags: Read / Write

@@ -1774,7 +1774,7 @@ any Wi-Fi connection that uses security.

The “leap-username” property

-
  “leap-username”            gchar *
+
  “leap-username”            gchar *

The login username for legacy LEAP connections (ie, key-mgmt = "ieee8021x" and auth-alg = "leap").

Flags: Read / Write

@@ -1802,7 +1802,7 @@ not specified, both WPA and RSN connections are allowed.

The “psk” property

-
  “psk”                      gchar *
+
  “psk”                      gchar *

Pre-Shared-Key for WPA networks. If the key is 64-characters long, it must contain only hexadecimal characters and is interpreted as a hexadecimal WPA key. Otherwise, the key must be between 8 and 63 ASCII @@ -1815,7 +1815,7 @@ connecting to the Wi-Fi network.

The “psk-flags” property

-
  “psk-flags”                guint
+
  “psk-flags”                guint

Flags indicating how to handle the “psk” property.

Flags: Read / Write

@@ -1825,7 +1825,7 @@ property.

The “wep-key-flags” property

-
  “wep-key-flags”            guint
+
  “wep-key-flags”            guint

Flags indicating how to handle the “wep-key0”, “wep-key1”, “wep-key2”, and “wep-key3” properties.

@@ -1836,7 +1836,7 @@ and

The “wep-key-type” property

-
  “wep-key-type”             guint
+
  “wep-key-type”             guint

Controls the interpretation of WEP keys. Allowed values are NM_WEP_KEY_TYPE_KEY, in which case the key is either a 10- or 26-character hexadecimal string, or a 5- or 13-character ASCII password; @@ -1850,7 +1850,7 @@ the actual WEP key.

The “wep-key0” property

-
  “wep-key0”                 gchar *
+
  “wep-key0”                 gchar *

Index 0 WEP key. This is the WEP key used in most networks. See the "wep-key-type" property for a description of how this key is interpreted.

Flags: Read / Write

@@ -1859,7 +1859,7 @@ the actual WEP key.

The “wep-key1” property

-
  “wep-key1”                 gchar *
+
  “wep-key1”                 gchar *

Index 1 WEP key. This WEP index is not used by most networks. See the "wep-key-type" property for a description of how this key is interpreted.

Flags: Read / Write

@@ -1868,7 +1868,7 @@ the actual WEP key.

The “wep-key2” property

-
  “wep-key2”                 gchar *
+
  “wep-key2”                 gchar *

Index 2 WEP key. This WEP index is not used by most networks. See the "wep-key-type" property for a description of how this key is interpreted.

Flags: Read / Write

@@ -1877,7 +1877,7 @@ the actual WEP key.

The “wep-key3” property

-
  “wep-key3”                 gchar *
+
  “wep-key3”                 gchar *

Index 3 WEP key. This WEP index is not used by most networks. See the "wep-key-type" property for a description of how this key is interpreted.

Flags: Read / Write

@@ -1886,7 +1886,7 @@ the actual WEP key.

The “wep-tx-keyidx” property

-
  “wep-tx-keyidx”            guint
+
  “wep-tx-keyidx”            guint

When static WEP is used (ie, key-mgmt = "none") and a non-default WEP key index is used by the AP, put that WEP key index here. Valid values are 0 (default key) through 3. Note that some consumer access points (like the diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/annotation-glossary.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/annotation-glossary.html index dea7fb19..012219af 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-util/html/annotation-glossary.html +++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/annotation-glossary.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Annotation Glossary: libnm-util Reference Manual - + diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/api-index-full.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/api-index-full.html index cca08504..9968d44d 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-util/html/api-index-full.html +++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/api-index-full.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ API Index: libnm-util Reference Manual - + @@ -701,43 +701,43 @@ DBUS_TYPE_NM_IP_ROUTES, macro in nm-dbus-glib-types

G

-g_value_array_append, macro in nm-gvaluearray-compat +g_value_array_append, macro in nm-gvaluearray-compat
-g_value_array_copy, macro in nm-gvaluearray-compat +g_value_array_copy, macro in nm-gvaluearray-compat
-g_value_array_free, function in nm-gvaluearray-compat +g_value_array_free, function in nm-gvaluearray-compat
-g_value_array_get_nth, macro in nm-gvaluearray-compat +g_value_array_get_nth, macro in nm-gvaluearray-compat
-g_value_array_insert, macro in nm-gvaluearray-compat +g_value_array_insert, macro in nm-gvaluearray-compat
-g_value_array_new, macro in nm-gvaluearray-compat +g_value_array_new, macro in nm-gvaluearray-compat
-g_value_array_prepend, macro in nm-gvaluearray-compat +g_value_array_prepend, macro in nm-gvaluearray-compat
-g_value_array_remove, macro in nm-gvaluearray-compat +g_value_array_remove, macro in nm-gvaluearray-compat
-g_value_array_sort, macro in nm-gvaluearray-compat +g_value_array_sort, macro in nm-gvaluearray-compat
-g_value_array_sort_with_data, macro in nm-gvaluearray-compat +g_value_array_sort_with_data, macro in nm-gvaluearray-compat

I

diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/ch01.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/ch01.html index d4175ca9..5c7d3cce 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-util/html/ch01.html +++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/ch01.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ libnm-util API Reference: libnm-util Reference Manual - + diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/index.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/index.html index 15a5e7f1..d31ec645 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-util/html/index.html +++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/index.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ libnm-util Reference Manual: libnm-util Reference Manual - + @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@

- for libnm-util 1.4.2 + for libnm-util 1.4.4 The latest version of this documentation can be found on-line at https://developer.gnome.org/libnm-util/stable/. diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/libnm-util-NetworkManager.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/libnm-util-NetworkManager.html index bd887ed1..fc5ae118 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-util/html/libnm-util-NetworkManager.html +++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/libnm-util-NetworkManager.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NetworkManager: libnm-util Reference Manual - + @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@

Types and Values

-
+
@@ -512,7 +512,7 @@

NMState values indicate the current overall networking state.

Members

-
+
@@ -590,7 +590,7 @@

enum NMConnectivityState

Members

-
+
@@ -644,10 +644,10 @@

enum NMDeviceType

NMDeviceType values indicate the type of hardware represented by -an NMDevice.

+an NMDevice.

Members

-
+
@@ -812,7 +812,7 @@ GSM/UMTS, or LTE network access protocols

General device capability flags.

Members

-
+
@@ -857,7 +857,7 @@ GSM/UMTS, or LTE network access protocols

802.11 specific device encryption and authentication capabilities.

Members

-
+
@@ -958,7 +958,7 @@ GSM/UMTS, or LTE network access protocols

802.11 access point flags.

Members

-
+
@@ -992,7 +992,7 @@ the current security requirements of an access point as determined from the access point's beacon.

Members

-
+
@@ -1093,7 +1093,7 @@ is supported

Indicates the 802.11 mode an access point or device is currently in.

Members

-
+
@@ -1145,7 +1145,7 @@ is supported

Bluetooth device.

Members

-
+
@@ -1186,7 +1186,7 @@ specific access technologies the device supports use the ModemManager D-Bus API.

Members

-
+
@@ -1240,7 +1240,7 @@ GPRS, EDGE, UMTS, HSDPA, HSUPA, or HSPA+ packet switched data capability

enum NMDeviceState

Members

-
+
@@ -1370,7 +1370,7 @@ GPRS, EDGE, UMTS, HSDPA, HSUPA, or HSPA+ packet switched data capability

Device state change reason codes

Members

-
+
@@ -1835,7 +1835,7 @@ specific network while it is starting, connected, or disconnecting from that network.

Members

-
+
diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/libnm-util-NetworkManagerVPN.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/libnm-util-NetworkManagerVPN.html index 724ba32c..e5e853e3 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-util/html/libnm-util-NetworkManagerVPN.html +++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/libnm-util-NetworkManagerVPN.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ NetworkManagerVPN: libnm-util Reference Manual - + @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@

Types and Values

-
+
@@ -454,7 +454,7 @@

VPN daemon states

Members

-
+
@@ -520,7 +520,7 @@

VPN connection states

Members

-
+
@@ -597,7 +597,7 @@

VPN connection state reasons

Members

-
+
@@ -710,7 +710,7 @@

VPN plugin failure reasons

Members

-
+
diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/libnm-util-nm-utils.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/libnm-util-nm-utils.html index 71248956..2ad2578e 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-util/html/libnm-util-nm-utils.html +++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/libnm-util-nm-utils.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ nm-utils: libnm-util Reference Manual - + @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@

Functions

-
+
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_utils_init () @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_utils_is_empty_ssid () @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_utils_same_ssid () @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@
-GHashTable * +GHashTable * nm_utils_gvalue_hash_dup () @@ -105,7 +105,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_utils_security_valid () @@ -113,7 +113,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_utils_ap_mode_security_valid () @@ -121,7 +121,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_utils_wep_key_valid () @@ -129,7 +129,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_utils_wpa_psk_valid () @@ -137,7 +137,7 @@
-GSList * +GSList * nm_utils_ip4_addresses_from_gvalue () @@ -153,7 +153,7 @@
-GSList * +GSList * nm_utils_ip4_routes_from_gvalue () @@ -169,7 +169,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_utils_ip4_netmask_to_prefix () @@ -177,7 +177,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_utils_ip4_prefix_to_netmask () @@ -185,7 +185,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_utils_ip4_get_default_prefix () @@ -193,7 +193,7 @@
-GSList * +GSList * nm_utils_ip6_addresses_from_gvalue () @@ -209,7 +209,7 @@
-GSList * +GSList * nm_utils_ip6_routes_from_gvalue () @@ -225,7 +225,7 @@
-GSList * +GSList * nm_utils_ip6_dns_from_gvalue () @@ -257,7 +257,7 @@
-GByteArray * +GByteArray * nm_utils_rsa_key_encrypt () @@ -265,7 +265,7 @@
-GByteArray * +GByteArray * nm_utils_rsa_key_encrypt_aes () @@ -273,7 +273,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_utils_file_is_pkcs12 () @@ -281,7 +281,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean (*NMUtilsFileSearchInPathsPredicate) () @@ -296,7 +296,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_utils_wifi_freq_to_channel () @@ -304,7 +304,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_utils_wifi_channel_to_freq () @@ -312,7 +312,7 @@
-guint32 +guint32 nm_utils_wifi_find_next_channel () @@ -320,7 +320,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_utils_wifi_is_channel_valid () @@ -352,7 +352,7 @@
-GByteArray * +GByteArray * nm_utils_hwaddr_atoba () @@ -360,7 +360,7 @@
-guint8 * +guint8 * nm_utils_hwaddr_aton () @@ -376,7 +376,7 @@
-guint8 * +guint8 * nm_utils_hwaddr_aton_len () @@ -384,7 +384,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_utils_hwaddr_valid () @@ -416,7 +416,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_utils_iface_valid_name () @@ -424,7 +424,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_utils_is_uuid () @@ -446,7 +446,7 @@
-gboolean +gboolean nm_utils_check_virtual_device_compatibility () @@ -457,7 +457,7 @@

Types and Values

-
+
@@ -498,13 +498,13 @@ access points and devices, among other things.

Functions

nm_utils_init ()

-
gboolean
-nm_utils_init (GError **error);
+
gboolean
+nm_utils_init (GError **error);

Initializes libnm-util; should be called when starting any program that uses libnm-util. This function can be called more than once.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -512,14 +512,14 @@ uses libnm-util. This function can be called more than once.

- +

error

location to store error, or NULL

location to store error, or NULL

  

Returns

-

TRUE if the initialization was successful, FALSE on failure.

+

TRUE if the initialization was successful, FALSE on failure.

@@ -533,15 +533,15 @@ does not have any effect, and does not ever need to be called.

nm_utils_is_empty_ssid ()

-
gboolean
-nm_utils_is_empty_ssid (const guint8 *ssid,
+
gboolean
+nm_utils_is_empty_ssid (const guint8 *ssid,
                         int len);

 
Different manufacturers use different mechanisms for not broadcasting the
 AP's SSID.  This function attempts to detect blank/empty SSIDs using a
 number of known SSID-cloaking methods.

 

 
Parameters

-

+
@@ -564,22 +564,22 @@ number of known SSID-cloaking methods.

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the SSID is "empty", FALSE if it is not

+
 TRUE if the SSID is "empty", FALSE if it is not

 

 
nm_utils_escape_ssid ()

 
const char *
-nm_utils_escape_ssid (const guint8 *ssid,
-                      guint32 len);

+nm_utils_escape_ssid (const guint8 *ssid,
+                      guint32 len);
 
This function does a quick printable character conversion of the SSID, simply
 replacing embedded NULLs and non-printable characters with the hexadecimal
 representation of that character.  Intended for debugging only, should not
 be used for display of SSIDs.

 

 
Parameters

-

 
 
 

 
 
 
 
 

+
@@ -609,10 +609,10 @@ and will be overwritten by subsequent calls to this function

 
nm_utils_same_ssid ()

-
gboolean
-nm_utils_same_ssid (const GByteArray *ssid1,
-                    const GByteArray *ssid2,
-                    gboolean ignore_trailing_null);

+
gboolean
+nm_utils_same_ssid (const GByteArray *ssid1,
+                    const GByteArray *ssid2,
+                    gboolean ignore_trailing_null);

 
Earlier versions of the Linux kernel added a NULL byte to the end of the
 SSID to enable easy printing of the SSID on the console or in a terminal,
 but this behavior was problematic (SSIDs are simply byte arrays, not strings)
@@ -621,7 +621,7 @@ cost of some compatibility with odd SSIDs that may legitimately have trailing
 NULLs, even though that is functionally pointless.

 

 
Parameters

-

 
 
 

 
 

+
@@ -640,7 +640,7 @@ NULLs, even though that is functionally pointless.

-
+
@@ -648,14 +648,14 @@ NULLs, even though that is functionally pointless.

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the SSIDs are the same, FALSE if they are not

+
 TRUE if the SSIDs are the same, FALSE if they are not

 

 
nm_utils_ssid_to_utf8 ()

 
char *
-nm_utils_ssid_to_utf8 (const GByteArray *ssid);

+nm_utils_ssid_to_utf8 (const GByteArray *ssid);
 
Wi-Fi SSIDs are byte arrays, they are _not_ strings.  Thus, an SSID may
 contain embedded NULLs and other unprintable characters.  Often it is
 useful to print the SSID out for debugging purposes, but that should be the
@@ -677,7 +677,7 @@ into a printable UTF-8 string, using roughly the following procedure:

 _only_.

 

 
Parameters

-

 
 
 

 
 

 
ignore_trailing_null
TRUE to ignore one trailing NULL byte
TRUE to ignore one trailing NULL byte

  
 

 
 
 
 
 
 

+
@@ -693,20 +693,20 @@ _only_.

 
Returns

 
 an allocated string containing a UTF-8
-representation of the SSID, which must be freed by the caller using g_free().
-Returns NULL on errors. 

+representation of the SSID, which must be freed by the caller using g_free().
+Returns NULL on errors. 

 
[transfer full]

 

 
nm_utils_gvalue_hash_dup ()

-
GHashTable *
-nm_utils_gvalue_hash_dup (GHashTable *hash);

-
Utility function to duplicate a hash table of GValues.

+
GHashTable *
+nm_utils_gvalue_hash_dup (GHashTable *hash);

+
Utility function to duplicate a hash table of GValues.

 

 
Parameters

-

 
 
 

 
 
 
 

+
@@ -714,15 +714,15 @@ nm_utils_gvalue_hash_dup (
hash

-
+

 
 
 

a GHashTable mapping string:GValue
a GHashTable mapping string:GValue

  
 

 

 

 

 
Returns

-
 a newly allocated duplicated GHashTable, caller must free the
-returned hash with g_hash_table_unref() or g_hash_table_destroy(). 

+
 a newly allocated duplicated GHashTable, caller must free the
+returned hash with g_hash_table_unref() or g_hash_table_destroy(). 

 
[transfer container][element-type utf8 GObject.Value]
@@ -730,17 +730,17 @@ returned hash with

nm_utils_slist_free ()

void
-nm_utils_slist_free (GSList *list,
-                     GDestroyNotify elem_destroy_fn);
+nm_utils_slist_free (GSList *list, + GDestroyNotify elem_destroy_fn);

nm_utils_slist_free is deprecated and should not be used in newly-written code.

-

use g_slist_free_full().

+

use g_slist_free_full().

-

Utility function to free a GSList.

+

Utility function to free a GSList.

[skip]

Parameters

-
+
@@ -749,7 +749,7 @@ nm_utils_slist_free (

list

- + @@ -765,11 +765,11 @@ nm_utils_slist_free (

nm_utils_security_valid ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_utils_security_valid (NMUtilsSecurityType type,
                          NMDeviceWifiCapabilities wifi_caps,
-                         gboolean have_ap,
-                         gboolean adhoc,
+                         gboolean have_ap,
+                         gboolean adhoc,
                          NM80211ApFlags ap_flags,
                          NM80211ApSecurityFlags ap_wpa,
                          NM80211ApSecurityFlags ap_rsn);

@@ -780,7 +780,7 @@ type, and AP capabilities intersect.

 use nm_utils_ap_mode_security_valid() instead.

 

 
Parameters

-

a GSList

a GSList

  
+
@@ -834,15 +834,15 @@ e.g. (

Returns

-

TRUE if the device capabilities and AP capabilties intersect and are +

TRUE if the device capabilities and AP capabilties intersect and are compatible with the desired type -, FALSE if they are not

+, FALSE if they are not

nm_utils_ap_mode_security_valid ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_utils_ap_mode_security_valid (NMUtilsSecurityType type,
                                  NMDeviceWifiCapabilities wifi_caps);

 
Given a set of device capabilities, and a desired security type to check
@@ -850,7 +850,7 @@ against, determines whether the combination of device capabilities and
 desired security type are valid for AP/Hotspot connections.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -874,23 +874,23 @@ e.g.

Returns

-

TRUE if the device capabilities are compatible with the desired +

TRUE if the device capabilities are compatible with the desired type -, FALSE if they are not.

+, FALSE if they are not.

Since: 0.9.8

nm_utils_wep_key_valid ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_utils_wep_key_valid (const char *key,
                         NMWepKeyType wep_type);

 
Checks if key
  is a valid WEP key

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -912,21 +912,21 @@ nm_utils_wep_key_valid (const cha

Returns

-

TRUE if key -is a WEP key, FALSE if not

+

TRUE if key +is a WEP key, FALSE if not

Since: 0.9.8

nm_utils_wpa_psk_valid ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_utils_wpa_psk_valid (const char *psk);

 
Checks if psk
  is a valid WPA PSK

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -941,24 +941,24 @@ nm_utils_wpa_psk_valid (const cha

Returns

-

TRUE if psk -is a WPA PSK, FALSE if not

+

TRUE if psk +is a WPA PSK, FALSE if not

Since: 0.9.8

nm_utils_ip4_addresses_from_gvalue ()

-
GSList *
-nm_utils_ip4_addresses_from_gvalue (const GValue *value);
-

Utility function to convert a GPtrArray of GArrays of guint32s representing +

GSList *
+nm_utils_ip4_addresses_from_gvalue (const GValue *value);
+

Utility function to convert a GPtrArray of GArrays of guint32s representing a list of NetworkManager IPv4 addresses (which is a tuple of address, gateway, -and prefix) into a GSList of NMIP4Address objects. The specific format of -this serialization is not guaranteed to be stable and the GArray may be +and prefix) into a GSList of NMIP4Address objects. The specific format of +this serialization is not guaranteed to be stable and the GArray may be extended in the future.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -966,14 +966,14 @@ extended in the future.

 - +

value

GValue containing a GPtrArray of GArrays of guint32s

GValue containing a GPtrArray of GArrays of guint32s

  

Returns

-

a newly allocated GSList of NMIP4Address objects.

+

a newly allocated GSList of NMIP4Address objects.

[transfer full][element-type NMIP4Address]

@@ -981,16 +981,16 @@ extended in the future.

nm_utils_ip4_addresses_to_gvalue ()

void
-nm_utils_ip4_addresses_to_gvalue (GSList *list,
-                                  GValue *value);
-

Utility function to convert a GSList of NMIP4Address objects into a -GPtrArray of GArrays of guint32s representing a list of NetworkManager IPv4 +nm_utils_ip4_addresses_to_gvalue (GSList *list, + GValue *value); +

Utility function to convert a GSList of NMIP4Address objects into a +GPtrArray of GArrays of guint32s representing a list of NetworkManager IPv4 addresses (which is a tuple of address, gateway, and prefix). The specific format of this serialization is not guaranteed to be stable and may be extended in the future.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1004,9 +1004,9 @@ extended in the future.

- +g_value_unset().

@@ -1016,16 +1016,16 @@ which should be unset by the caller (when no longer needed) with

nm_utils_ip4_routes_from_gvalue ()

-
GSList *
-nm_utils_ip4_routes_from_gvalue (const GValue *value);
-

Utility function to convert a GPtrArray of GArrays of guint32s representing +

GSList *
+nm_utils_ip4_routes_from_gvalue (const GValue *value);
+

Utility function to convert a GPtrArray of GArrays of guint32s representing a list of NetworkManager IPv4 routes (which is a tuple of route, next hop, -prefix, and metric) into a GSList of NMIP4Route objects. The specific +prefix, and metric) into a GSList of NMIP4Route objects. The specific format of this serialization is not guaranteed to be stable and may be extended in the future.

Parameters

-

value

a pointer to a GValue into which to place the converted addresses, +

a pointer to a GValue into which to place the converted addresses, which should be unset by the caller (when no longer needed) with -g_value_unset().

  
+
@@ -1033,14 +1033,14 @@ extended in the future.

- +

value

GValue containing a GPtrArray of GArrays of guint32s

GValue containing a GPtrArray of GArrays of guint32s

  

Returns

-

a newly allocated GSList of NMIP4Route objects.

+

a newly allocated GSList of NMIP4Route objects.

[transfer full][element-type NMIP4Route]

@@ -1048,16 +1048,16 @@ extended in the future.

nm_utils_ip4_routes_to_gvalue ()

void
-nm_utils_ip4_routes_to_gvalue (GSList *list,
-                               GValue *value);
-

Utility function to convert a GSList of NMIP4Route objects into a -GPtrArray of GArrays of guint32s representing a list of NetworkManager IPv4 +nm_utils_ip4_routes_to_gvalue (GSList *list, + GValue *value); +

Utility function to convert a GSList of NMIP4Route objects into a +GPtrArray of GArrays of guint32s representing a list of NetworkManager IPv4 routes (which is a tuple of route, next hop, prefix, and metric). The specific format of this serialization is not guaranteed to be stable and may be extended in the future.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1071,9 +1071,9 @@ be extended in the future.

- +g_value_unset().

@@ -1083,11 +1083,11 @@ which should be unset by the caller (when no longer needed) with

nm_utils_ip4_netmask_to_prefix ()

-
guint32
-nm_utils_ip4_netmask_to_prefix (guint32 netmask);
+
guint32
+nm_utils_ip4_netmask_to_prefix (guint32 netmask);

Parameters

-

value

a pointer to a GValue into which to place the converted routes, +

a pointer to a GValue into which to place the converted routes, which should be unset by the caller (when no longer needed) with -g_value_unset().

  
+
@@ -1108,11 +1108,11 @@ nm_utils_ip4_netmask_to_prefix (

nm_utils_ip4_prefix_to_netmask ()

-
guint32
-nm_utils_ip4_prefix_to_netmask (guint32 prefix);
+
guint32
+nm_utils_ip4_prefix_to_netmask (guint32 prefix);

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1133,15 +1133,15 @@ nm_utils_ip4_prefix_to_netmask (

nm_utils_ip4_get_default_prefix ()

-
guint32
-nm_utils_ip4_get_default_prefix (guint32 ip);
+
guint32
+nm_utils_ip4_get_default_prefix (guint32 ip);

When the Internet was originally set up, various ranges of IP addresses were segmented into three network classes: A, B, and C. This function will return a prefix that is associated with the IP address specified defining where it falls in the predefined classes.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1162,16 +1162,16 @@ falls in the predefined classes.

nm_utils_ip6_addresses_from_gvalue ()

-
GSList *
-nm_utils_ip6_addresses_from_gvalue (const GValue *value);
-

Utility function to convert a GPtrArray of GValueArrays of (GArray of guchars) and guint32 +

GSList *
+nm_utils_ip6_addresses_from_gvalue (const GValue *value);
+

Utility function to convert a GPtrArray of GValueArrays of (GArray of guchars) and guint32 representing a list of NetworkManager IPv6 addresses (which is a tuple of address, -prefix, and gateway), into a GSList of NMIP6Address objects. The specific format of -this serialization is not guaranteed to be stable and the GValueArray may be +prefix, and gateway), into a GSList of NMIP6Address objects. The specific format of +this serialization is not guaranteed to be stable and the GValueArray may be extended in the future.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1179,14 +1179,14 @@ extended in the future.

 - +

value

gvalue containing a GPtrArray of GValueArrays of (GArray of guchars) and guint32

gvalue containing a GPtrArray of GValueArrays of (GArray of guchars) and guint32

  

Returns

-

a newly allocated GSList of NMIP6Address objects.

+

a newly allocated GSList of NMIP6Address objects.

[transfer full][element-type NMIP6Address]

@@ -1194,16 +1194,16 @@ extended in the future.

nm_utils_ip6_addresses_to_gvalue ()

void
-nm_utils_ip6_addresses_to_gvalue (GSList *list,
-                                  GValue *value);
-

Utility function to convert a GSList of NMIP6Address objects into a -GPtrArray of GValueArrays representing a list of NetworkManager IPv6 addresses +nm_utils_ip6_addresses_to_gvalue (GSList *list, + GValue *value); +

Utility function to convert a GSList of NMIP6Address objects into a +GPtrArray of GValueArrays representing a list of NetworkManager IPv6 addresses (which is a tuple of address, prefix, and gateway). The specific format of this serialization is not guaranteed to be stable and may be extended in the future.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1217,9 +1217,9 @@ future.

- +g_value_unset().

@@ -1229,16 +1229,16 @@ which should be unset by the caller (when no longer needed) with

nm_utils_ip6_routes_from_gvalue ()

-
GSList *
-nm_utils_ip6_routes_from_gvalue (const GValue *value);
-

Utility function GPtrArray of GValueArrays of (GArray of guchars), guint32, -(GArray of guchars), and guint32 representing a list of NetworkManager IPv6 +

GSList *
+nm_utils_ip6_routes_from_gvalue (const GValue *value);
+

Utility function GPtrArray of GValueArrays of (GArray of guchars), guint32, +(GArray of guchars), and guint32 representing a list of NetworkManager IPv6 routes (which is a tuple of destination, prefix, next hop, and metric) -into a GSList of NMIP6Route objects. The specific format of this serialization +into a GSList of NMIP6Route objects. The specific format of this serialization is not guaranteed to be stable and may be extended in the future.

Parameters

-

value

a pointer to a GValue into which to place the converted addresses, +

a pointer to a GValue into which to place the converted addresses, which should be unset by the caller (when no longer needed) with -g_value_unset().

  
+
@@ -1246,15 +1246,15 @@ is not guaranteed to be stable and may be extended in the future.

- +

value

GValue containing a GPtrArray of GValueArrays of (GArray of guchars), guint32, -(GArray of guchars), and guint32

GValue containing a GPtrArray of GValueArrays of (GArray of guchars), guint32, +(GArray of guchars), and guint32

  

Returns

-

a newly allocated GSList of NMIP6Route objects.

+

a newly allocated GSList of NMIP6Route objects.

[transfer full][element-type NMIP6Route]

@@ -1262,16 +1262,16 @@ is not guaranteed to be stable and may be extended in the future.

nm_utils_ip6_routes_to_gvalue ()

void
-nm_utils_ip6_routes_to_gvalue (GSList *list,
-                               GValue *value);
-

Utility function to convert a GSList of NMIP6Route objects into a GPtrArray of -GValueArrays of (GArray of guchars), guint32, (GArray of guchars), and guint32 +nm_utils_ip6_routes_to_gvalue (GSList *list, + GValue *value); +

Utility function to convert a GSList of NMIP6Route objects into a GPtrArray of +GValueArrays of (GArray of guchars), guint32, (GArray of guchars), and guint32 representing a list of NetworkManager IPv6 routes (which is a tuple of destination, prefix, next hop, and metric). The specific format of this serialization is not guaranteed to be stable and may be extended in the future.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1285,9 +1285,9 @@ guaranteed to be stable and may be extended in the future.

- +g_value_unset().

@@ -1297,14 +1297,14 @@ which should be unset by the caller (when no longer needed) with

nm_utils_ip6_dns_from_gvalue ()

-
GSList *
-nm_utils_ip6_dns_from_gvalue (const GValue *value);
-

Converts a GValue containing a GPtrArray of IP6 DNS, represented as -GByteArrays into a GSList of struct in6_addrs.

+
GSList *
+nm_utils_ip6_dns_from_gvalue (const GValue *value);
+

Converts a GValue containing a GPtrArray of IP6 DNS, represented as +GByteArrays into a GSList of struct in6_addrs.

[skip]

Parameters

-

value

a pointer to a GValue into which to place the converted routes, +

a pointer to a GValue into which to place the converted routes, which should be unset by the caller (when no longer needed) with -g_value_unset().

  
+
@@ -1312,31 +1312,31 @@ nm_utils_ip6_dns_from_gvalue (const

value

- +

a GValue

a GValue

  

Returns

-

a GSList of IP6 addresses.

+

a GSList of IP6 addresses.

nm_utils_ip6_dns_to_gvalue ()

void
-nm_utils_ip6_dns_to_gvalue (GSList *list,
-                            GValue *value);
-

Utility function to convert a GSList of struct -in6_addr structs into a GPtrArray of GByteArrays +nm_utils_ip6_dns_to_gvalue (GSList *list, + GValue *value); +

Utility function to convert a GSList of struct +in6_addr structs into a GPtrArray of GByteArrays representing each server's IPv6 addresses in network byte order. The specific format of this serialization is not guaranteed to be stable and may be extended in the future.

[skip]

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1350,9 +1350,9 @@ stable and may be extended in the future.

- +g_value_unset().

@@ -1367,7 +1367,7 @@ nm_utils_uuid_generate (void

Returns

a newly allocated UUID suitable for use as the NMSettingConnection -object's “id”: property. Should be freed with g_free()

+object's “id”: property. Should be freed with g_free()

@@ -1379,7 +1379,7 @@ nm_utils_uuid_generate_from_string (const

Parameters

-

value

a pointer to a GValue into which to place the converted DNS server +

a pointer to a GValue into which to place the converted DNS server addresses, which should be unset by the caller (when no longer needed) with -g_value_unset().

  
+
@@ -1401,17 +1401,17 @@ object's

nm_utils_rsa_key_encrypt ()

-
GByteArray *
-nm_utils_rsa_key_encrypt (const GByteArray *data,
+
GByteArray *
+nm_utils_rsa_key_encrypt (const GByteArray *data,
                           const char *in_password,
                           char **out_password,
-                          GError **error);

+                          GError **error);

Encrypts the given RSA private key data with the given password (or generates a password if no password was given) and converts the data to PEM format suitable for writing to a file. It uses Triple DES cipher for the encryption.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1431,7 +1431,7 @@ suitable for writing to a file. It uses Triple DES cipher for the encryption.

 @@ -1453,17 +1453,17 @@ certificate/private key file.

nm_utils_rsa_key_encrypt_aes ()

-
GByteArray *
-nm_utils_rsa_key_encrypt_aes (const GByteArray *data,
+
GByteArray *
+nm_utils_rsa_key_encrypt_aes (const GByteArray *data,
                               const char *in_password,
                               char **out_password,
-                              GError **error);

+                              GError **error);

Encrypts the given RSA private key data with the given password (or generates a password if no password was given) and converts the data to PEM format suitable for writing to a file. It uses AES cipher for the encryption.

Parameters

-

out_password

if in_password -was NULL, a random password will be generated +was NULL, a random password will be generated and returned in this argument.

[out][allow-none]
+
@@ -1483,7 +1483,7 @@ suitable for writing to a file. It uses AES cipher for the encryption.

 @@ -1505,13 +1505,13 @@ certificate/private key file.

nm_utils_file_is_pkcs12 ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_utils_file_is_pkcs12 (const char *filename);

 
Utility function to find out if the filename
  is in PKCS#12 format.

 

 
Parameters

-

out_password

if in_password -was NULL, a random password will be generated +was NULL, a random password will be generated and returned in this argument.

[out][allow-none]
+
@@ -1526,15 +1526,15 @@ nm_utils_file_is_pkcs12 (const ch

Returns

-

TRUE if the file is PKCS#12, FALSE if it is not

+

TRUE if the file is PKCS#12, FALSE if it is not

NMUtilsFileSearchInPathsPredicate ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 (*NMUtilsFileSearchInPathsPredicate) (const char *filename,
-                                      gpointer user_data);

+                                      gpointer user_data);
@@ -1543,16 +1543,16 @@ nm_utils_file_is_pkcs12 (const ch nm_utils_file_search_in_paths (const char *progname, const char *try_first, const char *const *paths, - GFileTest file_test_flags, + GFileTest file_test_flags, NMUtilsFileSearchInPathsPredicate predicate, - gpointer user_data, - GError **error); + gpointer user_data, + GError **error);

Searches for a progname file in a list of search paths .

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1573,16 +1573,16 @@ It is silently ignored if it is empty or not an absolute path.

- - +. Set it to 0 to skip the g_file_test().

 @@ -1603,7 +1603,7 @@ function.

- + @@ -1611,7 +1611,7 @@ function.

Returns

-

the full path to the helper, if found, or NULL if not found. +

the full path to the helper, if found, or NULL if not found. The returned string is not owned by the caller, but later invocations of the function might overwrite it.

[transfer none]

@@ -1620,12 +1620,12 @@ invocations of the function might overwrite it.

nm_utils_wifi_freq_to_channel ()

-
guint32
-nm_utils_wifi_freq_to_channel (guint32 freq);
+
guint32
+nm_utils_wifi_freq_to_channel (guint32 freq);

Utility function to translate a Wi-Fi frequency to its corresponding channel.

Parameters

-

paths

a NULL terminated list of search paths. -Can be empty or NULL, in which case only try_first +

a NULL terminated list of search paths. +Can be empty or NULL, in which case only try_first is checked.

[allow-none]

file_test_flags

the flags passed to g_file_test() when searching +

the flags passed to g_file_test() when searching for progname -. Set it to 0 to skip the g_file_test().

 

error

on failure, set a "not found" error G_IO_ERROR G_IO_ERROR_NOT_FOUND.

on failure, set a "not found" error G_IO_ERROR G_IO_ERROR_NOT_FOUND.

[allow-none]
+
@@ -1646,13 +1646,13 @@ nm_utils_wifi_freq_to_channel (

nm_utils_wifi_channel_to_freq ()

-
guint32
-nm_utils_wifi_channel_to_freq (guint32 channel,
+
guint32
+nm_utils_wifi_channel_to_freq (guint32 channel,
                                const char *band);

 
Utility function to translate a Wi-Fi channel to its corresponding frequency.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -1682,14 +1682,14 @@ is invalid

nm_utils_wifi_find_next_channel ()

-
guint32
-nm_utils_wifi_find_next_channel (guint32 channel,
+
guint32
+nm_utils_wifi_find_next_channel (guint32 channel,
                                  int direction,
                                  char *band);

 
Utility function to find out next/previous Wi-Fi channel for a channel.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -1722,13 +1722,13 @@ nm_utils_wifi_find_next_channel (

nm_utils_wifi_is_channel_valid ()

-
gboolean
-nm_utils_wifi_is_channel_valid (guint32 channel,
+
gboolean
+nm_utils_wifi_is_channel_valid (guint32 channel,
                                 const char *band);

 
Utility function to verify Wi-Fi channel validity.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -1750,7 +1750,7 @@ nm_utils_wifi_is_channel_valid (

Returns

-

TRUE or FALSE

+

TRUE or FALSE

@@ -1762,7 +1762,7 @@ nm_utils_hwaddr_len (int t .

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1799,7 +1799,7 @@ a length; but you can just use ARPHRD_INFINIBAND) of the raw address given its length.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1823,7 +1823,7 @@ a length; but you can just use

nm_utils_hwaddr_ntoa ()

char *
-nm_utils_hwaddr_ntoa (gconstpointer addr,
+nm_utils_hwaddr_ntoa (gconstpointer addr,
                       int type);

Converts addr to textual form.

@@ -1831,7 +1831,7 @@ nm_utils_hwaddr_ntoa (

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1862,15 +1862,15 @@ a type.

nm_utils_hwaddr_atoba ()

-
GByteArray *
+
GByteArray *
 nm_utils_hwaddr_atoba (const char *asc,
                        int type);

 
Parses asc
- and converts it to binary form in a GByteArray. See
-nm_utils_hwaddr_aton() if you don't want a GByteArray.

+ and converts it to binary form in a GByteArray. See
+nm_utils_hwaddr_aton() if you don't want a GByteArray.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -1893,7 +1893,7 @@ nm_utils_hwaddr_atoba (const char

Returns

-

a new GByteArray, or NULL if asc +

a new GByteArray, or NULL if asc couldn't be parsed.

[transfer full]

@@ -1902,20 +1902,20 @@ be parsed.

nm_utils_hwaddr_aton ()

-
guint8 *
+
guint8 *
 nm_utils_hwaddr_aton (const char *asc,
                       int type,
-                      gpointer buffer);

+                      gpointer buffer);

Parses asc and converts it to binary form in buffer . See nm_utils_hwaddr_atoba() if you'd rather have the result in a -GByteArray.

+GByteArray.

See also nm_utils_hwaddr_aton_len(), which takes an output length instead of a type.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1944,7 +1944,7 @@ instead of a type.

Returns

buffer -, or NULL if asc +, or NULL if asc couldn't be parsed

@@ -1952,13 +1952,13 @@ couldn't be parsed

nm_utils_hwaddr_ntoa_len ()

char *
-nm_utils_hwaddr_ntoa_len (gconstpointer addr,
-                          gsize length);
+nm_utils_hwaddr_ntoa_len (gconstpointer addr, + gsize length);

Converts addr to textual form.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -1990,10 +1990,10 @@ nm_utils_hwaddr_ntoa_len (

nm_utils_hwaddr_aton_len ()

-
guint8 *
+
guint8 *
 nm_utils_hwaddr_aton_len (const char *asc,
-                          gpointer buffer,
-                          gsize length);

+                          gpointer buffer,
+                          gsize length);

Parses asc and converts it to binary form in buffer . @@ -2001,7 +2001,7 @@ Bytes in asc can be sepatared by colons (:), or hyphens (-), but not mixed.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2030,7 +2030,7 @@ the size of the buffer in bytes.

Returns

buffer -, or NULL if asc +, or NULL if asc couldn't be parsed or would be shorter or longer than length .

@@ -2040,13 +2040,13 @@ or would be shorter or longer than length

nm_utils_hwaddr_valid ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_utils_hwaddr_valid (const char *asc);

 
Parses asc
  to see if it is a valid hardware address of some type.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -2061,9 +2061,9 @@ nm_utils_hwaddr_valid (const char

Returns

-

TRUE if asc +

TRUE if asc appears to be a valid hardware address -of some type, FALSE if not.

+of some type, FALSE if not.

Since: 0.9.10

@@ -2081,7 +2081,7 @@ If final_len that index (returned_string[final_len] == '\0'),

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2123,7 +2123,7 @@ nm_utils_hex2byte (const charConverts a hex string (2 characters) into its byte representation.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2155,7 +2155,7 @@ length is len /2.

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2178,7 +2178,7 @@ string (it has to be even)

Returns

-

a array of bytes, or NULL on error.

+

a array of bytes, or NULL on error.

[transfer full]

Since: 0.9.10

@@ -2186,13 +2186,13 @@ string (it has to be even)

nm_utils_iface_valid_name ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_utils_iface_valid_name (const char *name);

 
This function is a 1:1 copy of the kernel's interface validation
 function in net/core/dev.c.

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -2207,20 +2207,20 @@ function in net/core/dev.c.

Returns

-

TRUE if interface name is valid, otherwise FALSE is returned.

+

TRUE if interface name is valid, otherwise FALSE is returned.

Since: 0.9.8

nm_utils_is_uuid ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_utils_is_uuid (const char *str);

 
Checks if str
  is a UUID

 

 
Parameters

-
+
@@ -2235,8 +2235,8 @@ nm_utils_is_uuid (const char

Returns

-

TRUE if str -is a UUID, FALSE if not

+

TRUE if str +is a UUID, FALSE if not

Since: 0.9.8

@@ -2250,7 +2250,7 @@ nm_utils_inet4_ntop (in_addr_t[skip]

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2266,7 +2266,7 @@ nm_utils_inet4_ntop (in_addr_t

dst

the destination buffer, it must contain at least INET_ADDRSTRLEN or NM_UTILS_INET_ADDRSTRLEN -characters. If set to NULL, it will return a pointer to an internal, static +characters. If set to NULL, it will return a pointer to an internal, static buffer (shared with nm_utils_inet6_ntop()). Beware, that the internal buffer will be overwritten with ever new call of nm_utils_inet4_ntop() or nm_utils_inet6_ntop() that does not provied it's own dst @@ -2297,7 +2297,7 @@ nm_utils_inet6_ntop (const struct

[skip]

Parameters

-
+
@@ -2313,7 +2313,7 @@ nm_utils_inet6_ntop (const struct

Returns

the input buffer dst , or a pointer to an -internal, static buffer. NULL is not allowed as in6addr +internal, static buffer. NULL is not allowed as in6addr , otherwise, this function cannot fail.

@@ -2339,10 +2339,10 @@ otherwise, this function cannot fail.

nm_utils_check_virtual_device_compatibility ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_utils_check_virtual_device_compatibility
-                               (GType virtual_type,
-                                GType other_type);

+                               (GType virtual_type,
+                                GType other_type);

Determines if a connection of type virtual_type can (in the general case) work with connections of type other_type @@ -2356,7 +2356,7 @@ general case) work with connections of type other_ty then this checks if other_type is a valid type for a slave of that master.

-

Note that even if this returns TRUE it is not guaranteed that +

Note that even if this returns TRUE it is not guaranteed that every connection of type other_type is compatible with virtual_type @@ -2365,7 +2365,7 @@ configuration of the two connections, or on the capabilities of an underlying device driver.

Parameters

-

dst

the destination buffer, it must contain at least INET6_ADDRSTRLEN or NM_UTILS_INET_ADDRSTRLEN -characters. If set to NULL, it will return a pointer to an internal, static +characters. If set to NULL, it will return a pointer to an internal, static buffer (shared with nm_utils_inet4_ntop()). Beware, that the internal buffer will be overwritten with ever new call of nm_utils_inet4_ntop() or nm_utils_inet6_ntop() that does not provied it's own dst @@ -2330,7 +2330,7 @@ buffer to avoid these issues.
+
@@ -2388,7 +2388,7 @@ underlying device driver.

Returns

-

TRUE or FALSE

+

TRUE or FALSE

Since: 0.9.10

@@ -2402,7 +2402,7 @@ Used with

Members

-
+
diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/html/object-tree.html b/docs/libnm-util/html/object-tree.html index cd5d54c8..d8631555 100644 --- a/docs/libnm-util/html/object-tree.html +++ b/docs/libnm-util/html/object-tree.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Object Hierarchy: libnm-util Reference Manual - + @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

-    GObject
+    GObject
     ├── NMSetting
     │   ├── NMSetting8021x
     │   ├── NMSettingAdsl
diff --git a/docs/libnm-util/version.xml b/docs/libnm-util/version.xml
index 9df886c4..1c99cf0e 100644
--- a/docs/libnm-util/version.xml
+++ b/docs/libnm-util/version.xml
@@ -1 +1 @@
-1.4.2
+1.4.4
-- 
cgit 1.3.0-6-gf8a5